зеркало из https://github.com/mozilla/gecko-dev.git
9411 строки
314 KiB
C++
9411 строки
314 KiB
C++
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
|
|
// vim:cindent:ts=2:et:sw=2:
|
|
/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
|
|
* License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
|
|
* file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
|
|
|
|
/* base class of all rendering objects */
|
|
|
|
#include "mozilla/Attributes.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/Util.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
|
|
#include "nsFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsFrameList.h"
|
|
#include "nsPlaceholderFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsLineLayout.h"
|
|
#include "nsIContent.h"
|
|
#include "nsContentUtils.h"
|
|
#include "nsIAtom.h"
|
|
#include "nsString.h"
|
|
#include "nsReadableUtils.h"
|
|
#include "nsStyleContext.h"
|
|
#include "nsIView.h"
|
|
#include "nsIViewManager.h"
|
|
#include "nsIScrollableFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsPresContext.h"
|
|
#include "nsCRT.h"
|
|
#include "nsGUIEvent.h"
|
|
#include "nsIDOMEvent.h"
|
|
#include "nsAsyncDOMEvent.h"
|
|
#include "nsStyleConsts.h"
|
|
#include "nsIPresShell.h"
|
|
#include "prlog.h"
|
|
#include "prprf.h"
|
|
#include <stdarg.h>
|
|
#include "nsFrameManager.h"
|
|
#include "nsCSSRendering.h"
|
|
#include "nsLayoutUtils.h"
|
|
#ifdef ACCESSIBILITY
|
|
#include "nsIAccessible.h"
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#include "nsIDOMNode.h"
|
|
#include "nsIEditorDocShell.h"
|
|
#include "nsEventStateManager.h"
|
|
#include "nsISelection.h"
|
|
#include "nsISelectionPrivate.h"
|
|
#include "nsFrameSelection.h"
|
|
#include "nsHTMLParts.h"
|
|
#include "nsGkAtoms.h"
|
|
#include "nsCSSAnonBoxes.h"
|
|
#include "nsCSSPseudoElements.h"
|
|
#include "nsCSSFrameConstructor.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "nsFrameTraversal.h"
|
|
#include "nsStyleChangeList.h"
|
|
#include "nsIDOMRange.h"
|
|
#include "nsRange.h"
|
|
#include "nsITableLayout.h" //selection necessity
|
|
#include "nsITableCellLayout.h"// "
|
|
#include "nsITextControlFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsINameSpaceManager.h"
|
|
#include "nsIPercentHeightObserver.h"
|
|
#include "nsStyleStructInlines.h"
|
|
|
|
#ifdef IBMBIDI
|
|
#include "nsBidiPresUtils.h"
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// For triple-click pref
|
|
#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
|
|
#include "imgIContainer.h"
|
|
#include "imgIRequest.h"
|
|
#include "nsLayoutCID.h"
|
|
#include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
|
|
#include "nsLayoutErrors.h"
|
|
#include "nsContentErrors.h"
|
|
#include "nsContainerFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsBoxLayoutState.h"
|
|
#include "nsBlockFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsDisplayList.h"
|
|
#include "nsIObjectLoadingContent.h"
|
|
#include "nsExpirationTracker.h"
|
|
#include "nsSVGIntegrationUtils.h"
|
|
#include "nsSVGEffects.h"
|
|
#include "nsChangeHint.h"
|
|
#include "nsDeckFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsTableFrame.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "gfxContext.h"
|
|
#include "nsRenderingContext.h"
|
|
#include "CSSCalc.h"
|
|
#include "nsAbsoluteContainingBlock.h"
|
|
#include "nsFontInflationData.h"
|
|
#include "nsAnimationManager.h"
|
|
#include "nsTransitionManager.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "mozilla/Preferences.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/LookAndFeel.h"
|
|
|
|
using namespace mozilla;
|
|
using namespace mozilla::layers;
|
|
using namespace mozilla::layout;
|
|
|
|
// Struct containing cached metrics for box-wrapped frames.
|
|
struct nsBoxLayoutMetrics
|
|
{
|
|
nsSize mPrefSize;
|
|
nsSize mMinSize;
|
|
nsSize mMaxSize;
|
|
|
|
nsSize mBlockMinSize;
|
|
nsSize mBlockPrefSize;
|
|
nscoord mBlockAscent;
|
|
|
|
nscoord mFlex;
|
|
nscoord mAscent;
|
|
|
|
nsSize mLastSize;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
struct nsContentAndOffset
|
|
{
|
|
nsIContent* mContent;
|
|
PRInt32 mOffset;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// Some Misc #defines
|
|
#define SELECTION_DEBUG 0
|
|
#define FORCE_SELECTION_UPDATE 1
|
|
#define CALC_DEBUG 0
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include "nsILineIterator.h"
|
|
|
|
//non Hack prototypes
|
|
#if 0
|
|
static void RefreshContentFrames(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsIContent * aStartContent, nsIContent * aEndContent);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#include "prenv.h"
|
|
|
|
// Formerly the nsIFrameDebug interface
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
static bool gShowFrameBorders = false;
|
|
|
|
void nsFrame::ShowFrameBorders(bool aEnable)
|
|
{
|
|
gShowFrameBorders = aEnable;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool nsFrame::GetShowFrameBorders()
|
|
{
|
|
return gShowFrameBorders;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool gShowEventTargetFrameBorder = false;
|
|
|
|
void nsFrame::ShowEventTargetFrameBorder(bool aEnable)
|
|
{
|
|
gShowEventTargetFrameBorder = aEnable;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool nsFrame::GetShowEventTargetFrameBorder()
|
|
{
|
|
return gShowEventTargetFrameBorder;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Note: the log module is created during library initialization which
|
|
* means that you cannot perform logging before then.
|
|
*/
|
|
static PRLogModuleInfo* gLogModule;
|
|
|
|
static PRLogModuleInfo* gStyleVerifyTreeLogModuleInfo;
|
|
|
|
static PRUint32 gStyleVerifyTreeEnable = 0x55;
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsFrame::GetVerifyStyleTreeEnable()
|
|
{
|
|
if (gStyleVerifyTreeEnable == 0x55) {
|
|
if (nullptr == gStyleVerifyTreeLogModuleInfo) {
|
|
gStyleVerifyTreeLogModuleInfo = PR_NewLogModule("styleverifytree");
|
|
gStyleVerifyTreeEnable = 0 != gStyleVerifyTreeLogModuleInfo->level;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return gStyleVerifyTreeEnable;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::SetVerifyStyleTreeEnable(bool aEnabled)
|
|
{
|
|
gStyleVerifyTreeEnable = aEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PRLogModuleInfo*
|
|
nsFrame::GetLogModuleInfo()
|
|
{
|
|
if (nullptr == gLogModule) {
|
|
gLogModule = PR_NewLogModule("frame");
|
|
}
|
|
return gLogModule;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::DumpFrameTree(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
RootFrameList(aFrame->PresContext(), stdout, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::RootFrameList(nsPresContext* aPresContext, FILE* out, PRInt32 aIndent)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aPresContext || !out)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
nsIPresShell *shell = aPresContext->GetPresShell();
|
|
if (shell) {
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = shell->FrameManager()->GetRootFrame();
|
|
if(frame) {
|
|
frame->List(out, aIndent);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
DestroyAbsoluteContainingBlock(void* aPropertyValue)
|
|
{
|
|
delete static_cast<nsAbsoluteContainingBlock*>(aPropertyValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_DECLARE_FRAME_PROPERTY(AbsoluteContainingBlockProperty, DestroyAbsoluteContainingBlock)
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::HasAbsolutelyPositionedChildren() const {
|
|
return IsAbsoluteContainer() && GetAbsoluteContainingBlock()->HasAbsoluteFrames();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsAbsoluteContainingBlock*
|
|
nsIFrame::GetAbsoluteContainingBlock() const {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(IsAbsoluteContainer(), "The frame is not marked as an abspos container correctly");
|
|
nsAbsoluteContainingBlock* absCB = static_cast<nsAbsoluteContainingBlock*>
|
|
(Properties().Get(AbsoluteContainingBlockProperty()));
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(absCB, "The frame is marked as an abspos container but doesn't have the property");
|
|
return absCB;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::MarkAsAbsoluteContainingBlock() {
|
|
AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_ABSPOS_CHILDREN);
|
|
Properties().Set(AbsoluteContainingBlockProperty(), new nsAbsoluteContainingBlock(GetAbsoluteListID()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::ClearDisplayItemCache()
|
|
{
|
|
if (GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_HAS_CACHED_BACKGROUND) {
|
|
Properties().Delete(CachedBackgroundImage());
|
|
RemoveStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_CACHED_BACKGROUND);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::CheckAndClearPaintedState()
|
|
{
|
|
bool result = (GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_PAINTED_THEBES);
|
|
RemoveStateBits(NS_FRAME_PAINTED_THEBES);
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildListIterator lists(this);
|
|
for (; !lists.IsDone(); lists.Next()) {
|
|
nsFrameList::Enumerator childFrames(lists.CurrentList());
|
|
for (; !childFrames.AtEnd(); childFrames.Next()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* child = childFrames.get();
|
|
if (child->CheckAndClearPaintedState()) {
|
|
result = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsVisibleConsideringAncestors(PRUint32 aFlags) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (!GetStyleVisibility()->IsVisible()) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsIFrame* frame = this;
|
|
while (frame) {
|
|
nsIView* view = frame->GetView();
|
|
if (view && view->GetVisibility() == nsViewVisibility_kHide)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = frame->GetParent();
|
|
nsDeckFrame* deck = do_QueryFrame(parent);
|
|
if (deck) {
|
|
if (deck->GetSelectedBox() != frame)
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (parent) {
|
|
frame = parent;
|
|
} else {
|
|
parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(frame);
|
|
if (!parent)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
if ((aFlags & nsIFrame::VISIBILITY_CROSS_CHROME_CONTENT_BOUNDARY) == 0 &&
|
|
parent->PresContext()->IsChrome() && !frame->PresContext()->IsChrome()) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!parent->GetStyleVisibility()->IsVisible())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
frame = parent;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool ApplyOverflowClipping(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* aDisp,
|
|
nsRect* aRect);
|
|
|
|
static bool ApplyClipPropClipping(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* aDisp,
|
|
const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsRect* aRect);
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
NS_MergeReflowStatusInto(nsReflowStatus* aPrimary, nsReflowStatus aSecondary)
|
|
{
|
|
*aPrimary |= aSecondary &
|
|
(NS_FRAME_NOT_COMPLETE | NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_INCOMPLETE |
|
|
NS_FRAME_TRUNCATED | NS_FRAME_REFLOW_NEXTINFLOW);
|
|
if (*aPrimary & NS_FRAME_NOT_COMPLETE) {
|
|
*aPrimary &= ~NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_INCOMPLETE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsWeakFrame::InitInternal(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
Clear(mFrame ? mFrame->PresContext()->GetPresShell() : nullptr);
|
|
mFrame = aFrame;
|
|
if (mFrame) {
|
|
nsIPresShell* shell = mFrame->PresContext()->GetPresShell();
|
|
NS_WARN_IF_FALSE(shell, "Null PresShell in nsWeakFrame!");
|
|
if (shell) {
|
|
shell->AddWeakFrame(this);
|
|
} else {
|
|
mFrame = nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
NS_NewEmptyFrame(nsIPresShell* aPresShell, nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
return new (aPresShell) nsFrame(aContext);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsFrame::nsFrame(nsStyleContext* aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsFrame);
|
|
|
|
mState = NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW | NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY;
|
|
mStyleContext = aContext;
|
|
mStyleContext->AddRef();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsFrame::~nsFrame()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsFrame);
|
|
|
|
NS_IF_RELEASE(mContent);
|
|
if (mStyleContext)
|
|
mStyleContext->Release();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMPL_FRAMEARENA_HELPERS(nsFrame)
|
|
|
|
// Dummy operator delete. Will never be called, but must be defined
|
|
// to satisfy some C++ ABIs.
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::operator delete(void *, size_t)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_RUNTIMEABORT("nsFrame::operator delete should never be called");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_QUERYFRAME_HEAD(nsFrame)
|
|
NS_QUERYFRAME_ENTRY(nsIFrame)
|
|
NS_QUERYFRAME_TAIL_INHERITANCE_ROOT
|
|
|
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
// nsIFrame
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
IsFontSizeInflationContainer(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* aStyleDisplay)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Font size inflation is built around the idea that we're inflating
|
|
* the fonts for a pan-and-zoom UI so that when the user scales up a
|
|
* block or other container to fill the width of the device, the fonts
|
|
* will be readable. To do this, we need to pick what counts as a
|
|
* container.
|
|
*
|
|
* From a code perspective, the only hard requirement is that frames
|
|
* that are line participants
|
|
* (nsIFrame::IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eLineParticipant)) are never
|
|
* containers, since line layout assumes that the inflation is
|
|
* consistent within a line.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is not an imposition, since we obviously want a bunch of text
|
|
* (possibly with inline elements) flowing within a block to count the
|
|
* block (or higher) as its container.
|
|
*
|
|
* We also want form controls, including the text in the anonymous
|
|
* content inside of them, to match each other and the text next to
|
|
* them, so they and their anonymous content should also not be a
|
|
* container.
|
|
*
|
|
* However, because we can't reliably compute sizes across XUL during
|
|
* reflow, any XUL frame with a XUL parent is always a container.
|
|
*
|
|
* There are contexts where it would be nice if some blocks didn't
|
|
* count as a container, so that, for example, an indented quotation
|
|
* didn't end up with a smaller font size. However, it's hard to
|
|
* distinguish these situations where we really do want the indented
|
|
* thing to count as a container, so we don't try, and blocks are
|
|
* always containers.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
// The root frame should always be an inflation container.
|
|
if (!aFrame->GetParent()) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIContent *content = aFrame->GetContent();
|
|
bool isInline = (aFrame->GetDisplay() == NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_INLINE ||
|
|
(aFrame->IsFloating() &&
|
|
aFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::letterFrame) ||
|
|
// Given multiple frames for the same node, only the
|
|
// outer one should be considered a container.
|
|
// (Important, e.g., for nsSelectsAreaFrame.)
|
|
(aFrame->GetParent()->GetContent() == content) ||
|
|
(content && (content->IsHTML(nsGkAtoms::option) ||
|
|
content->IsHTML(nsGkAtoms::optgroup) ||
|
|
content->IsInNativeAnonymousSubtree()))) &&
|
|
!(aFrame->IsBoxFrame() && aFrame->GetParent()->IsBoxFrame());
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!aFrame->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eLineParticipant) ||
|
|
isInline ||
|
|
// br frames and mathml frames report being line
|
|
// participants even when their position or display is
|
|
// set
|
|
aFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::brFrame ||
|
|
aFrame->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eMathML),
|
|
"line participants must not be containers");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame->GetType() != nsGkAtoms::bulletFrame || isInline,
|
|
"bullets should not be containers");
|
|
return !isInline;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::Init(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
nsIFrame* aParent,
|
|
nsIFrame* aPrevInFlow)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(!mContent, "Double-initing a frame?");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(IsFrameOfType(eDEBUGAllFrames) &&
|
|
!IsFrameOfType(eDEBUGNoFrames),
|
|
"IsFrameOfType implementation that doesn't call base class");
|
|
|
|
mContent = aContent;
|
|
mParent = aParent;
|
|
|
|
if (aContent) {
|
|
NS_ADDREF(aContent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aPrevInFlow) {
|
|
// Make sure the general flags bits are the same
|
|
nsFrameState state = aPrevInFlow->GetStateBits();
|
|
|
|
// Make bits that are currently off (see constructor) the same:
|
|
mState |= state & (NS_FRAME_INDEPENDENT_SELECTION |
|
|
NS_FRAME_IS_SPECIAL |
|
|
NS_FRAME_MAY_BE_TRANSFORMED |
|
|
NS_FRAME_MAY_HAVE_GENERATED_CONTENT);
|
|
}
|
|
if (mParent) {
|
|
nsFrameState state = mParent->GetStateBits();
|
|
|
|
// Make bits that are currently off (see constructor) the same:
|
|
mState |= state & (NS_FRAME_INDEPENDENT_SELECTION |
|
|
NS_FRAME_GENERATED_CONTENT |
|
|
NS_FRAME_IS_SVG_TEXT);
|
|
}
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay *disp = GetStyleDisplay();
|
|
if (disp->HasTransform()) {
|
|
// The frame gets reconstructed if we toggle the -moz-transform
|
|
// property, so we can set this bit here and then ignore it.
|
|
mState |= NS_FRAME_MAY_BE_TRANSFORMED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationEnabled(PresContext()) || !GetParent()
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
// We have assertions that check inflation invariants even when
|
|
// font size inflation is not enabled.
|
|
|| true
|
|
#endif
|
|
) {
|
|
if (IsFontSizeInflationContainer(this, disp)) {
|
|
AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_FONT_INFLATION_CONTAINER);
|
|
if (!GetParent() ||
|
|
// I'd use NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW, but it's not set yet.
|
|
disp->IsFloating(this) || disp->IsAbsolutelyPositioned(this)) {
|
|
AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_FONT_INFLATION_FLOW_ROOT);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(GetParent() ||
|
|
(GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_FONT_INFLATION_CONTAINER),
|
|
"root frame should always be a container");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DidSetStyleContext(nullptr);
|
|
|
|
if (IsBoxWrapped())
|
|
InitBoxMetrics(false);
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP nsFrame::SetInitialChildList(ChildListID aListID,
|
|
nsFrameList& aChildList)
|
|
{
|
|
// XXX This shouldn't be getting called at all, but currently is for backwards
|
|
// compatility reasons...
|
|
#if 0
|
|
NS_ERROR("not a container");
|
|
return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
|
|
#else
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aChildList.IsEmpty(), "not a container");
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::AppendFrames(ChildListID aListID,
|
|
nsFrameList& aFrameList)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(false, "not a container");
|
|
return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::InsertFrames(ChildListID aListID,
|
|
nsIFrame* aPrevFrame,
|
|
nsFrameList& aFrameList)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(false, "not a container");
|
|
return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::RemoveFrame(ChildListID aListID,
|
|
nsIFrame* aOldFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(false, "not a container");
|
|
return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::DestroyFrom(nsIFrame* aDestructRoot)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!nsContentUtils::IsSafeToRunScript(),
|
|
"destroy called on frame while scripts not blocked");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!GetNextSibling() && !GetPrevSibling(),
|
|
"Frames should be removed before destruction.");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aDestructRoot, "Must specify destruct root");
|
|
|
|
nsSVGEffects::InvalidateDirectRenderingObservers(this);
|
|
|
|
// Get the view pointer now before the frame properties disappear
|
|
// when we call NotifyDestroyingFrame()
|
|
nsIView* view = GetView();
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = PresContext();
|
|
|
|
nsIPresShell *shell = presContext->GetPresShell();
|
|
if (mState & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW) {
|
|
nsPlaceholderFrame* placeholder =
|
|
shell->FrameManager()->GetPlaceholderFrameFor(this);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!placeholder || (aDestructRoot != this),
|
|
"Don't call Destroy() on OOFs, call Destroy() on the placeholder.");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!placeholder ||
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsProperAncestorFrame(aDestructRoot, placeholder),
|
|
"Placeholder relationship should have been torn down already; "
|
|
"this might mean we have a stray placeholder in the tree.");
|
|
if (placeholder) {
|
|
shell->FrameManager()->UnregisterPlaceholderFrame(placeholder);
|
|
placeholder->SetOutOfFlowFrame(nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we have any IB split special siblings, clear their references to us.
|
|
// (Note: This has to happen before we call shell->NotifyDestroyingFrame,
|
|
// because that clears our Properties() table.)
|
|
if (mState & NS_FRAME_IS_SPECIAL) {
|
|
// Delete previous sibling's reference to me.
|
|
nsIFrame* prevSib = static_cast<nsIFrame*>
|
|
(Properties().Get(nsIFrame::IBSplitSpecialPrevSibling()));
|
|
if (prevSib) {
|
|
NS_WARN_IF_FALSE(this ==
|
|
prevSib->Properties().Get(nsIFrame::IBSplitSpecialSibling()),
|
|
"IB sibling chain is inconsistent");
|
|
prevSib->Properties().Delete(nsIFrame::IBSplitSpecialSibling());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Delete next sibling's reference to me.
|
|
nsIFrame* nextSib = static_cast<nsIFrame*>
|
|
(Properties().Get(nsIFrame::IBSplitSpecialSibling()));
|
|
if (nextSib) {
|
|
NS_WARN_IF_FALSE(this ==
|
|
nextSib->Properties().Get(nsIFrame::IBSplitSpecialPrevSibling()),
|
|
"IB sibling chain is inconsistent");
|
|
nextSib->Properties().Delete(nsIFrame::IBSplitSpecialPrevSibling());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
shell->NotifyDestroyingFrame(this);
|
|
|
|
if (mState & NS_FRAME_EXTERNAL_REFERENCE) {
|
|
shell->ClearFrameRefs(this);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (view) {
|
|
// Break association between view and frame
|
|
view->SetFrame(nullptr);
|
|
|
|
// Destroy the view
|
|
view->Destroy();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Make sure that our deleted frame can't be returned from GetPrimaryFrame()
|
|
if (mContent && mContent->GetPrimaryFrame() == this) {
|
|
mContent->SetPrimaryFrame(nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Must retrieve the object ID before calling destructors, so the
|
|
// vtable is still valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note to future tweakers: having the method that returns the
|
|
// object size call the destructor will not avoid an indirect call;
|
|
// the compiler cannot devirtualize the call to the destructor even
|
|
// if it's from a method defined in the same class.
|
|
|
|
nsQueryFrame::FrameIID id = GetFrameId();
|
|
this->~nsFrame();
|
|
|
|
// Now that we're totally cleaned out, we need to add ourselves to
|
|
// the presshell's recycler.
|
|
shell->FreeFrame(id, this);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::GetOffsets(PRInt32 &aStart, PRInt32 &aEnd) const
|
|
{
|
|
aStart = 0;
|
|
aEnd = 0;
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
EqualImages(imgIRequest *aOldImage, imgIRequest *aNewImage)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aOldImage == aNewImage)
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
if (!aOldImage || !aNewImage)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> oldURI, newURI;
|
|
aOldImage->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(oldURI));
|
|
aNewImage->GetURI(getter_AddRefs(newURI));
|
|
bool equal;
|
|
return NS_SUCCEEDED(oldURI->Equals(newURI, &equal)) && equal;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Subclass hook for style post processing
|
|
/* virtual */ void
|
|
nsFrame::DidSetStyleContext(nsStyleContext* aOldStyleContext)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aOldStyleContext) {
|
|
// If the old context had a background image image and new context
|
|
// does not have the same image, clear the image load notifier
|
|
// (which keeps the image loading, if it still is) for the frame.
|
|
// We want to do this conservatively because some frames paint their
|
|
// backgrounds from some other frame's style data, and we don't want
|
|
// to clear those notifiers unless we have to. (They'll be reset
|
|
// when we paint, although we could miss a notification in that
|
|
// interval.)
|
|
const nsStyleBackground *oldBG = aOldStyleContext->GetStyleBackground();
|
|
const nsStyleBackground *newBG = GetStyleBackground();
|
|
NS_FOR_VISIBLE_BACKGROUND_LAYERS_BACK_TO_FRONT(i, oldBG) {
|
|
if (i >= newBG->mImageCount ||
|
|
oldBG->mLayers[i].mImage != newBG->mLayers[i].mImage) {
|
|
// stop the image loading for the frame, the image has changed
|
|
PresContext()->SetImageLoaders(this,
|
|
nsPresContext::BACKGROUND_IMAGE, nullptr);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we detect a change on margin, padding or border, we store the old
|
|
// values on the frame itself between now and reflow, so if someone
|
|
// calls GetUsed(Margin|Border|Padding)() before the next reflow, we
|
|
// can give an accurate answer.
|
|
// We don't want to set the property if one already exists.
|
|
FrameProperties props = Properties();
|
|
nsMargin oldValue(0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
nsMargin newValue(0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
const nsStyleMargin* oldMargin = aOldStyleContext->PeekStyleMargin();
|
|
if (oldMargin && oldMargin->GetMargin(oldValue)) {
|
|
if ((!GetStyleMargin()->GetMargin(newValue) || oldValue != newValue) &&
|
|
!props.Get(UsedMarginProperty())) {
|
|
props.Set(UsedMarginProperty(), new nsMargin(oldValue));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsStylePadding* oldPadding = aOldStyleContext->PeekStylePadding();
|
|
if (oldPadding && oldPadding->GetPadding(oldValue)) {
|
|
if ((!GetStylePadding()->GetPadding(newValue) || oldValue != newValue) &&
|
|
!props.Get(UsedPaddingProperty())) {
|
|
props.Set(UsedPaddingProperty(), new nsMargin(oldValue));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleBorder* oldBorder = aOldStyleContext->PeekStyleBorder();
|
|
if (oldBorder) {
|
|
oldValue = oldBorder->GetComputedBorder();
|
|
newValue = GetStyleBorder()->GetComputedBorder();
|
|
if (oldValue != newValue &&
|
|
!props.Get(UsedBorderProperty())) {
|
|
props.Set(UsedBorderProperty(), new nsMargin(oldValue));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
imgIRequest *oldBorderImage = aOldStyleContext
|
|
? aOldStyleContext->GetStyleBorder()->GetBorderImage()
|
|
: nullptr;
|
|
// FIXME (Bug 759996): The following is no longer true.
|
|
// For border-images, we can't be as conservative (we need to set the
|
|
// new loaders if there has been any change) since the CalcDifference
|
|
// call depended on the result of GetComputedBorder() and that result
|
|
// depends on whether the image has loaded, start the image load now
|
|
// so that we'll get notified when it completes loading and can do a
|
|
// restyle. Otherwise, the image might finish loading from the
|
|
// network before we start listening to its notifications, and then
|
|
// we'll never know that it's finished loading. Likewise, we want to
|
|
// do this for freshly-created frames to prevent a similar race if the
|
|
// image loads between reflow (which can depend on whether the image
|
|
// is loaded) and paint. We also don't really care about any callers
|
|
// who try to paint borders with a different style context, because
|
|
// they won't have the correct size for the border either.
|
|
if (!EqualImages(oldBorderImage, GetStyleBorder()->GetBorderImage())) {
|
|
// stop and restart the image loading/notification
|
|
PresContext()->SetupBorderImageLoaders(this, GetStyleBorder());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the page contains markup that overrides text direction, and
|
|
// does not contain any characters that would activate the Unicode
|
|
// bidi algorithm, we need to call |SetBidiEnabled| on the pres
|
|
// context before reflow starts. See bug 115921.
|
|
if (GetStyleVisibility()->mDirection == NS_STYLE_DIRECTION_RTL) {
|
|
PresContext()->SetBidiEnabled();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// MSVC fails with link error "one or more multiply defined symbols found",
|
|
// gcc fails with "hidden symbol `nsIFrame::kPrincipalList' isn't defined"
|
|
// etc if they are not defined.
|
|
#ifndef _MSC_VER
|
|
// static nsIFrame constants; initialized in the header file.
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kPrincipalList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kAbsoluteList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kBulletList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kCaptionList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kColGroupList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kExcessOverflowContainersList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kFixedList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kFloatList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kOverflowContainersList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kOverflowList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kOverflowOutOfFlowList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kPopupList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kPushedFloatsList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kSelectPopupList;
|
|
const nsIFrame::ChildListID nsIFrame::kNoReflowPrincipalList;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ nsMargin
|
|
nsIFrame::GetUsedMargin() const
|
|
{
|
|
nsMargin margin(0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
if ((mState & NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW) &&
|
|
!(mState & NS_FRAME_IN_REFLOW) ||
|
|
(mState & NS_FRAME_IS_SVG_TEXT))
|
|
return margin;
|
|
|
|
nsMargin *m = static_cast<nsMargin*>
|
|
(Properties().Get(UsedMarginProperty()));
|
|
if (m) {
|
|
margin = *m;
|
|
} else {
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
bool hasMargin =
|
|
#endif
|
|
GetStyleMargin()->GetMargin(margin);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(hasMargin, "We should have a margin here! (out of memory?)");
|
|
}
|
|
return margin;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ nsMargin
|
|
nsIFrame::GetUsedBorder() const
|
|
{
|
|
nsMargin border(0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
if ((mState & NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW) &&
|
|
!(mState & NS_FRAME_IN_REFLOW) ||
|
|
(mState & NS_FRAME_IS_SVG_TEXT))
|
|
return border;
|
|
|
|
// Theme methods don't use const-ness.
|
|
nsIFrame *mutable_this = const_cast<nsIFrame*>(this);
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay *disp = GetStyleDisplay();
|
|
if (mutable_this->IsThemed(disp)) {
|
|
nsIntMargin result;
|
|
nsPresContext *presContext = PresContext();
|
|
presContext->GetTheme()->GetWidgetBorder(presContext->DeviceContext(),
|
|
mutable_this, disp->mAppearance,
|
|
&result);
|
|
border.left = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(result.left);
|
|
border.top = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(result.top);
|
|
border.right = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(result.right);
|
|
border.bottom = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(result.bottom);
|
|
return border;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsMargin *b = static_cast<nsMargin*>
|
|
(Properties().Get(UsedBorderProperty()));
|
|
if (b) {
|
|
border = *b;
|
|
} else {
|
|
border = GetStyleBorder()->GetComputedBorder();
|
|
}
|
|
return border;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ nsMargin
|
|
nsIFrame::GetUsedPadding() const
|
|
{
|
|
nsMargin padding(0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
if ((mState & NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW) &&
|
|
!(mState & NS_FRAME_IN_REFLOW) ||
|
|
(mState & NS_FRAME_IS_SVG_TEXT))
|
|
return padding;
|
|
|
|
// Theme methods don't use const-ness.
|
|
nsIFrame *mutable_this = const_cast<nsIFrame*>(this);
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay *disp = GetStyleDisplay();
|
|
if (mutable_this->IsThemed(disp)) {
|
|
nsPresContext *presContext = PresContext();
|
|
nsIntMargin widget;
|
|
if (presContext->GetTheme()->GetWidgetPadding(presContext->DeviceContext(),
|
|
mutable_this,
|
|
disp->mAppearance,
|
|
&widget)) {
|
|
padding.top = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(widget.top);
|
|
padding.right = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(widget.right);
|
|
padding.bottom = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(widget.bottom);
|
|
padding.left = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(widget.left);
|
|
return padding;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsMargin *p = static_cast<nsMargin*>
|
|
(Properties().Get(UsedPaddingProperty()));
|
|
if (p) {
|
|
padding = *p;
|
|
} else {
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
bool hasPadding =
|
|
#endif
|
|
GetStylePadding()->GetPadding(padding);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(hasPadding, "We should have padding here! (out of memory?)");
|
|
}
|
|
return padding;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::ApplySkipSides(nsMargin& aMargin) const
|
|
{
|
|
PRIntn skipSides = GetSkipSides();
|
|
if (skipSides & (1 << NS_SIDE_TOP))
|
|
aMargin.top = 0;
|
|
if (skipSides & (1 << NS_SIDE_RIGHT))
|
|
aMargin.right = 0;
|
|
if (skipSides & (1 << NS_SIDE_BOTTOM))
|
|
aMargin.bottom = 0;
|
|
if (skipSides & (1 << NS_SIDE_LEFT))
|
|
aMargin.left = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsIFrame::GetPaddingRectRelativeToSelf() const
|
|
{
|
|
nsMargin bp(GetUsedBorder());
|
|
ApplySkipSides(bp);
|
|
nsRect r(0, 0, mRect.width, mRect.height);
|
|
r.Deflate(bp);
|
|
return r;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsIFrame::GetPaddingRect() const
|
|
{
|
|
return GetPaddingRectRelativeToSelf() + GetPosition();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsTransformed() const
|
|
{
|
|
return ((mState & NS_FRAME_MAY_BE_TRANSFORMED) &&
|
|
(GetStyleDisplay()->HasTransform() ||
|
|
IsSVGTransformed() ||
|
|
(mContent &&
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasAnimationsForCompositor(mContent,
|
|
eCSSProperty_transform))));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::HasOpacity() const
|
|
{
|
|
return GetStyleDisplay()->mOpacity < 1.0f || (mContent &&
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasAnimationsForCompositor(mContent,
|
|
eCSSProperty_opacity));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsSVGTransformed(gfxMatrix *aOwnTransforms,
|
|
gfxMatrix *aFromParentTransforms) const
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::Preserves3DChildren() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (GetStyleDisplay()->mTransformStyle != NS_STYLE_TRANSFORM_STYLE_PRESERVE_3D || !IsTransformed())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
// If we're all scroll frame, then all descendants will be clipped, so we can't preserve 3d.
|
|
if (GetType() == nsGkAtoms::scrollFrame)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
nsRect temp;
|
|
return (!ApplyOverflowClipping(nullptr, this, GetStyleDisplay(), &temp) &&
|
|
!ApplyClipPropClipping(nullptr, GetStyleDisplay(), this, &temp) &&
|
|
!nsSVGIntegrationUtils::UsingEffectsForFrame(this));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::Preserves3D() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (!GetParent() || !GetParent()->Preserves3DChildren() || !IsTransformed()) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::HasPerspective() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (!IsTransformed()) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* parentDisp = nullptr;
|
|
nsStyleContext* parentStyleContext = GetStyleContext()->GetParent();
|
|
if (parentStyleContext) {
|
|
parentDisp = parentStyleContext->GetStyleDisplay();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (parentDisp &&
|
|
parentDisp->mChildPerspective.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Coord &&
|
|
parentDisp->mChildPerspective.GetCoordValue() > 0.0) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildrenHavePerspective() const
|
|
{
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay *disp = GetStyleContext()->GetStyleDisplay();
|
|
if (disp &&
|
|
disp->mChildPerspective.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Coord &&
|
|
disp->mChildPerspective.GetCoordValue() > 0.0) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsIFrame::GetContentRectRelativeToSelf() const
|
|
{
|
|
nsMargin bp(GetUsedBorderAndPadding());
|
|
ApplySkipSides(bp);
|
|
nsRect r(0, 0, mRect.width, mRect.height);
|
|
r.Deflate(bp);
|
|
return r;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsIFrame::GetContentRect() const
|
|
{
|
|
return GetContentRectRelativeToSelf() + GetPosition();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::ComputeBorderRadii(const nsStyleCorners& aBorderRadius,
|
|
const nsSize& aFrameSize,
|
|
const nsSize& aBorderArea,
|
|
PRIntn aSkipSides,
|
|
nscoord aRadii[8])
|
|
{
|
|
// Percentages are relative to whichever side they're on.
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_HALF_CORNERS(i) {
|
|
const nsStyleCoord c = aBorderRadius.Get(i);
|
|
nscoord axis =
|
|
NS_HALF_CORNER_IS_X(i) ? aFrameSize.width : aFrameSize.height;
|
|
|
|
if (c.IsCoordPercentCalcUnit()) {
|
|
aRadii[i] = nsRuleNode::ComputeCoordPercentCalc(c, axis);
|
|
if (aRadii[i] < 0) {
|
|
// clamp calc()
|
|
aRadii[i] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("ComputeBorderRadii: bad unit");
|
|
aRadii[i] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aSkipSides & (1 << NS_SIDE_TOP)) {
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_X] = 0;
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_Y] = 0;
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_X] = 0;
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_Y] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aSkipSides & (1 << NS_SIDE_RIGHT)) {
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_X] = 0;
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_Y] = 0;
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_X] = 0;
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aSkipSides & (1 << NS_SIDE_BOTTOM)) {
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_X] = 0;
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y] = 0;
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_X] = 0;
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_Y] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aSkipSides & (1 << NS_SIDE_LEFT)) {
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_X] = 0;
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_Y] = 0;
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_X] = 0;
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_Y] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// css3-background specifies this algorithm for reducing
|
|
// corner radii when they are too big.
|
|
bool haveRadius = false;
|
|
double ratio = 1.0f;
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
PRUint32 hc1 = NS_SIDE_TO_HALF_CORNER(side, false, true);
|
|
PRUint32 hc2 = NS_SIDE_TO_HALF_CORNER(side, true, true);
|
|
nscoord length =
|
|
NS_SIDE_IS_VERTICAL(side) ? aBorderArea.height : aBorderArea.width;
|
|
nscoord sum = aRadii[hc1] + aRadii[hc2];
|
|
if (sum)
|
|
haveRadius = true;
|
|
|
|
// avoid floating point division in the normal case
|
|
if (length < sum)
|
|
ratio = NS_MIN(ratio, double(length)/sum);
|
|
}
|
|
if (ratio < 1.0) {
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_HALF_CORNERS(corner) {
|
|
aRadii[corner] *= ratio;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return haveRadius;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsIFrame::InsetBorderRadii(nscoord aRadii[8], const nsMargin &aOffsets)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
nscoord offset = aOffsets.Side(side);
|
|
PRUint32 hc1 = NS_SIDE_TO_HALF_CORNER(side, false, false);
|
|
PRUint32 hc2 = NS_SIDE_TO_HALF_CORNER(side, true, false);
|
|
aRadii[hc1] = NS_MAX(0, aRadii[hc1] - offset);
|
|
aRadii[hc2] = NS_MAX(0, aRadii[hc2] - offset);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsIFrame::OutsetBorderRadii(nscoord aRadii[8], const nsMargin &aOffsets)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
nscoord offset = aOffsets.Side(side);
|
|
PRUint32 hc1 = NS_SIDE_TO_HALF_CORNER(side, false, false);
|
|
PRUint32 hc2 = NS_SIDE_TO_HALF_CORNER(side, true, false);
|
|
if (aRadii[hc1] > 0)
|
|
aRadii[hc1] += offset;
|
|
if (aRadii[hc2] > 0)
|
|
aRadii[hc2] += offset;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ bool
|
|
nsIFrame::GetBorderRadii(nscoord aRadii[8]) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsThemed()) {
|
|
// When we're themed, the native theme code draws the border and
|
|
// background, and therefore it doesn't make sense to tell other
|
|
// code that's interested in border-radius that we have any radii.
|
|
//
|
|
// In an ideal world, we might have a way for the them to tell us an
|
|
// border radius, but since we don't, we're better off assuming
|
|
// zero.
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_HALF_CORNERS(corner) {
|
|
aRadii[corner] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
nsSize size = GetSize();
|
|
return ComputeBorderRadii(GetStyleBorder()->mBorderRadius, size, size,
|
|
GetSkipSides(), aRadii);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::GetPaddingBoxBorderRadii(nscoord aRadii[8]) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (!GetBorderRadii(aRadii))
|
|
return false;
|
|
InsetBorderRadii(aRadii, GetUsedBorder());
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_HALF_CORNERS(corner) {
|
|
if (aRadii[corner])
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::GetContentBoxBorderRadii(nscoord aRadii[8]) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (!GetBorderRadii(aRadii))
|
|
return false;
|
|
InsetBorderRadii(aRadii, GetUsedBorderAndPadding());
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_HALF_CORNERS(corner) {
|
|
if (aRadii[corner])
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext*
|
|
nsFrame::GetAdditionalStyleContext(PRInt32 aIndex) const
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aIndex >= 0, "invalid index number");
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::SetAdditionalStyleContext(PRInt32 aIndex,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aIndex >= 0, "invalid index number");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord
|
|
nsFrame::GetBaseline() const
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!NS_SUBTREE_DIRTY(this),
|
|
"frame must not be dirty");
|
|
// Default to the bottom margin edge, per CSS2.1's definition of the
|
|
// 'baseline' value of 'vertical-align'.
|
|
return mRect.height + GetUsedMargin().bottom;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsFrameList&
|
|
nsFrame::GetChildList(ChildListID aListID) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsAbsoluteContainer() &&
|
|
aListID == GetAbsoluteListID()) {
|
|
return GetAbsoluteContainingBlock()->GetChildList();
|
|
} else {
|
|
return nsFrameList::EmptyList();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::GetChildLists(nsTArray<ChildList>* aLists) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsAbsoluteContainer()) {
|
|
nsFrameList absoluteList = GetAbsoluteContainingBlock()->GetChildList();
|
|
absoluteList.AppendIfNonempty(aLists, GetAbsoluteListID());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsIFrame*
|
|
GetActiveSelectionFrame(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIContent* capturingContent = nsIPresShell::GetCapturingContent();
|
|
if (capturingContent) {
|
|
nsIFrame* activeFrame = aPresContext->GetPrimaryFrameFor(capturingContent);
|
|
return activeFrame ? activeFrame : aFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return aFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PRInt16
|
|
nsFrame::DisplaySelection(nsPresContext* aPresContext, bool isOkToTurnOn)
|
|
{
|
|
PRInt16 selType = nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF;
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsISelectionController> selCon;
|
|
nsresult result = GetSelectionController(aPresContext, getter_AddRefs(selCon));
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && selCon) {
|
|
result = selCon->GetDisplaySelection(&selType);
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && (selType != nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF)) {
|
|
// Check whether style allows selection.
|
|
bool selectable;
|
|
IsSelectable(&selectable, nullptr);
|
|
if (!selectable) {
|
|
selType = nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF;
|
|
isOkToTurnOn = false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (isOkToTurnOn && (selType == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF)) {
|
|
selCon->SetDisplaySelection(nsISelectionController::SELECTION_ON);
|
|
selType = nsISelectionController::SELECTION_ON;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return selType;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
class nsDisplaySelectionOverlay : public nsDisplayItem {
|
|
public:
|
|
nsDisplaySelectionOverlay(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
nsFrame* aFrame, PRInt16 aSelectionValue)
|
|
: nsDisplayItem(aBuilder, aFrame), mSelectionValue(aSelectionValue) {
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsDisplaySelectionOverlay);
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef NS_BUILD_REFCNT_LOGGING
|
|
virtual ~nsDisplaySelectionOverlay() {
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsDisplaySelectionOverlay);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
virtual void Paint(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
nsRenderingContext* aCtx);
|
|
NS_DISPLAY_DECL_NAME("SelectionOverlay", TYPE_SELECTION_OVERLAY)
|
|
private:
|
|
PRInt16 mSelectionValue;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
void nsDisplaySelectionOverlay::Paint(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
nsRenderingContext* aCtx)
|
|
{
|
|
LookAndFeel::ColorID colorID;
|
|
if (mSelectionValue == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_ON) {
|
|
colorID = LookAndFeel::eColorID_TextSelectBackground;
|
|
} else if (mSelectionValue == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_ATTENTION) {
|
|
colorID = LookAndFeel::eColorID_TextSelectBackgroundAttention;
|
|
} else {
|
|
colorID = LookAndFeel::eColorID_TextSelectBackgroundDisabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscolor color = LookAndFeel::GetColor(colorID, NS_RGB(255, 255, 255));
|
|
|
|
gfxRGBA c(color);
|
|
c.a = .5;
|
|
|
|
gfxContext *ctx = aCtx->ThebesContext();
|
|
ctx->SetColor(c);
|
|
|
|
nsIntRect pxRect =
|
|
mVisibleRect.ToOutsidePixels(mFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel());
|
|
ctx->NewPath();
|
|
ctx->Rectangle(gfxRect(pxRect.x, pxRect.y, pxRect.width, pxRect.height), true);
|
|
ctx->Fill();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/********************************************************
|
|
* Refreshes each content's frame
|
|
*********************************************************/
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::DisplaySelectionOverlay(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
nsDisplayList* aList,
|
|
PRUint16 aContentType)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!IsSelected() || !IsVisibleForPainting(aBuilder))
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = PresContext();
|
|
nsIPresShell *shell = presContext->PresShell();
|
|
if (!shell)
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
PRInt16 displaySelection = shell->GetSelectionFlags();
|
|
if (!(displaySelection & aContentType))
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
const nsFrameSelection* frameSelection = GetConstFrameSelection();
|
|
PRInt16 selectionValue = frameSelection->GetDisplaySelection();
|
|
|
|
if (selectionValue <= nsISelectionController::SELECTION_HIDDEN)
|
|
return NS_OK; // selection is hidden or off
|
|
|
|
nsIContent *newContent = mContent->GetParent();
|
|
|
|
//check to see if we are anonymous content
|
|
PRInt32 offset = 0;
|
|
if (newContent) {
|
|
// XXXbz there has GOT to be a better way of determining this!
|
|
offset = newContent->IndexOf(mContent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SelectionDetails *details;
|
|
//look up to see what selection(s) are on this frame
|
|
details = frameSelection->LookUpSelection(newContent, offset, 1, false);
|
|
if (!details)
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
bool normal = false;
|
|
while (details) {
|
|
if (details->mType == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_NORMAL) {
|
|
normal = true;
|
|
}
|
|
SelectionDetails *next = details->mNext;
|
|
delete details;
|
|
details = next;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!normal && aContentType == nsISelectionDisplay::DISPLAY_IMAGES) {
|
|
// Don't overlay an image if it's not in the primary selection.
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return aList->AppendNewToTop(new (aBuilder)
|
|
nsDisplaySelectionOverlay(aBuilder, this, selectionValue));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::DisplayOutlineUnconditional(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
const nsDisplayListSet& aLists)
|
|
{
|
|
if (GetStyleOutline()->GetOutlineStyle() == NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE)
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
return aLists.Outlines()->AppendNewToTop(
|
|
new (aBuilder) nsDisplayOutline(aBuilder, this));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::DisplayOutline(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
const nsDisplayListSet& aLists)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!IsVisibleForPainting(aBuilder))
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
return DisplayOutlineUnconditional(aBuilder, aLists);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsIFrame::DisplayCaret(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect, nsDisplayList* aList)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!IsVisibleForPainting(aBuilder))
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
return aList->AppendNewToTop(
|
|
new (aBuilder) nsDisplayCaret(aBuilder, this, aBuilder->GetCaret()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscolor
|
|
nsIFrame::GetCaretColorAt(PRInt32 aOffset)
|
|
{
|
|
// Use text color.
|
|
return GetStyleColor()->mColor;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::DisplayBackgroundUnconditional(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
const nsDisplayListSet& aLists,
|
|
bool aForceBackground,
|
|
nsDisplayBackground** aBackground)
|
|
{
|
|
// Here we don't try to detect background propagation. Frames that might
|
|
// receive a propagated background should just set aForceBackground to
|
|
// true.
|
|
if (aBuilder->IsForEventDelivery() || aForceBackground ||
|
|
!GetStyleBackground()->IsTransparent() || GetStyleDisplay()->mAppearance) {
|
|
nsDisplayBackground* bg = new (aBuilder) nsDisplayBackground(aBuilder, this);
|
|
*aBackground = bg;
|
|
return aLists.BorderBackground()->AppendNewToTop(bg);
|
|
}
|
|
*aBackground = nullptr;
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::DisplayBorderBackgroundOutline(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
const nsDisplayListSet& aLists,
|
|
bool aForceBackground)
|
|
{
|
|
// The visibility check belongs here since child elements have the
|
|
// opportunity to override the visibility property and display even if
|
|
// their parent is hidden.
|
|
if (!IsVisibleForPainting(aBuilder))
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
nsCSSShadowArray* shadows = GetStyleBorder()->mBoxShadow;
|
|
if (shadows && shadows->HasShadowWithInset(false)) {
|
|
nsresult rv = aLists.BorderBackground()->AppendNewToTop(new (aBuilder)
|
|
nsDisplayBoxShadowOuter(aBuilder, this));
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsDisplayBackground* bg;
|
|
nsresult rv =
|
|
DisplayBackgroundUnconditional(aBuilder, aLists, aForceBackground, &bg);
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
|
|
if (shadows && shadows->HasShadowWithInset(true)) {
|
|
rv = aLists.BorderBackground()->AppendNewToTop(new (aBuilder)
|
|
nsDisplayBoxShadowInner(aBuilder, this));
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If there's a themed background, we should not create a border item.
|
|
// It won't be rendered.
|
|
if ((!bg || !bg->IsThemed()) && GetStyleBorder()->HasBorder()) {
|
|
rv = aLists.BorderBackground()->AppendNewToTop(new (aBuilder)
|
|
nsDisplayBorder(aBuilder, this));
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return DisplayOutlineUnconditional(aBuilder, aLists);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline static bool IsSVGContentWithCSSClip(const nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
// The CSS spec says that the 'clip' property only applies to absolutely
|
|
// positioned elements, whereas the SVG spec says that it applies to SVG
|
|
// elements regardless of the value of the 'position' property. Here we obey
|
|
// the CSS spec for outer-<svg> (since that's what we generally do), but
|
|
// obey the SVG spec for other SVG elements to which 'clip' applies.
|
|
nsIAtom *tag = aFrame->GetContent()->Tag();
|
|
return (aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_SVG_LAYOUT) &&
|
|
(tag == nsGkAtoms::svg || tag == nsGkAtoms::foreignObject);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::GetClipPropClipRect(const nsStyleDisplay* aDisp, nsRect* aRect,
|
|
const nsSize& aSize) const
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aRect, "Must have aRect out parameter");
|
|
|
|
if (!(aDisp->mClipFlags & NS_STYLE_CLIP_RECT) ||
|
|
!(aDisp->IsAbsolutelyPositioned(this) || IsSVGContentWithCSSClip(this))) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*aRect = aDisp->mClip;
|
|
if (NS_STYLE_CLIP_RIGHT_AUTO & aDisp->mClipFlags) {
|
|
aRect->width = aSize.width - aRect->x;
|
|
}
|
|
if (NS_STYLE_CLIP_BOTTOM_AUTO & aDisp->mClipFlags) {
|
|
aRect->height = aSize.height - aRect->y;
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool ApplyClipPropClipping(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* aDisp, const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsRect* aRect) {
|
|
if (!aFrame->GetClipPropClipRect(aDisp, aRect, aFrame->GetSize()))
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
if (aBuilder) {
|
|
*aRect += aBuilder->ToReferenceFrame(aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool ApplyOverflowClipping(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* aDisp, nsRect* aRect) {
|
|
// REVIEW: from nsContainerFrame.cpp SyncFrameViewGeometryDependentProperties,
|
|
// except that that function used the border-edge for
|
|
// -moz-hidden-unscrollable which I don't think is correct... Also I've
|
|
// changed -moz-hidden-unscrollable to apply to any kind of frame.
|
|
|
|
// Only -moz-hidden-unscrollable is handled here (and 'hidden' for table
|
|
// frames, and any non-visible value for blocks in a paginated context).
|
|
// Other overflow clipping is applied by nsHTML/XULScrollFrame.
|
|
// We allow -moz-hidden-unscrollable to apply to any kind of frame. This
|
|
// is required by comboboxes which make their display text (an inline frame)
|
|
// have clipping.
|
|
if (!nsFrame::ApplyOverflowClipping(aFrame, aDisp)) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
*aRect = aFrame->GetPaddingRect() - aFrame->GetPosition();
|
|
if (aBuilder) {
|
|
*aRect += aBuilder->ToReferenceFrame(aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
class nsOverflowClipWrapper : public nsDisplayWrapper
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
/**
|
|
* Create a wrapper to apply overflow clipping for aContainer.
|
|
* @param aClipBorderBackground set to true to clip the BorderBackground()
|
|
* list, otherwise it will not be clipped
|
|
* @param aClipAll set to true to clip all descendants, even those for
|
|
* which we aren't the containing block
|
|
*/
|
|
nsOverflowClipWrapper(nsIFrame* aContainer, const nsRect& aRect,
|
|
const nscoord aRadii[8],
|
|
bool aClipBorderBackground, bool aClipAll)
|
|
: mContainer(aContainer), mRect(aRect),
|
|
mClipBorderBackground(aClipBorderBackground), mClipAll(aClipAll),
|
|
mHaveRadius(false)
|
|
{
|
|
memcpy(mRadii, aRadii, sizeof(mRadii));
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_HALF_CORNERS(corner) {
|
|
if (aRadii[corner] > 0) {
|
|
mHaveRadius = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
virtual bool WrapBorderBackground() { return mClipBorderBackground; }
|
|
virtual nsDisplayItem* WrapList(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame, nsDisplayList* aList) {
|
|
// We are not a stacking context root. There is no valid underlying
|
|
// frame for the whole list. These items are all in-flow descendants so
|
|
// we can safely just clip them.
|
|
if (mHaveRadius) {
|
|
return new (aBuilder) nsDisplayClipRoundedRect(aBuilder, nullptr, aList,
|
|
mRect, mRadii);
|
|
}
|
|
return new (aBuilder) nsDisplayClip(aBuilder, nullptr, aList, mRect);
|
|
}
|
|
virtual nsDisplayItem* WrapItem(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
nsDisplayItem* aItem) {
|
|
nsIFrame* f = aItem->GetUnderlyingFrame();
|
|
if (mClipAll ||
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsProperAncestorFrame(mContainer, f, nullptr)) {
|
|
if (mHaveRadius) {
|
|
return new (aBuilder) nsDisplayClipRoundedRect(aBuilder, f, aItem,
|
|
mRect, mRadii);
|
|
}
|
|
return new (aBuilder) nsDisplayClip(aBuilder, f, aItem, mRect);
|
|
}
|
|
return aItem;
|
|
}
|
|
protected:
|
|
nsIFrame* mContainer;
|
|
nsRect mRect;
|
|
nscoord mRadii[8];
|
|
bool mClipBorderBackground;
|
|
bool mClipAll;
|
|
bool mHaveRadius;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
class nsDisplayClipPropWrapper : public nsDisplayWrapper
|
|
{
|
|
public:
|
|
nsDisplayClipPropWrapper(const nsRect& aRect)
|
|
: mRect(aRect) {}
|
|
virtual nsDisplayItem* WrapList(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame, nsDisplayList* aList) {
|
|
// We are not a stacking context root. There is no valid underlying
|
|
// frame for the whole list.
|
|
return new (aBuilder) nsDisplayClip(aBuilder, nullptr, aList, mRect);
|
|
}
|
|
virtual nsDisplayItem* WrapItem(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
nsDisplayItem* aItem) {
|
|
return new (aBuilder) nsDisplayClip(aBuilder, aItem->GetUnderlyingFrame(),
|
|
aItem, mRect);
|
|
}
|
|
protected:
|
|
nsRect mRect;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsIFrame::OverflowClip(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
const nsDisplayListSet& aFromSet,
|
|
const nsDisplayListSet& aToSet,
|
|
const nsRect& aClipRect,
|
|
const nscoord aClipRadii[8],
|
|
bool aClipBorderBackground,
|
|
bool aClipAll)
|
|
{
|
|
nsOverflowClipWrapper wrapper(this, aClipRect, aClipRadii,
|
|
aClipBorderBackground, aClipAll);
|
|
return wrapper.WrapLists(aBuilder, this, aFromSet, aToSet);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsresult
|
|
BuildDisplayListWithOverflowClip(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder, nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect, const nsDisplayListSet& aSet,
|
|
const nsRect& aClipRect, const nscoord aClipRadii[8])
|
|
{
|
|
nsDisplayListCollection set;
|
|
nsresult rv = aFrame->BuildDisplayList(aBuilder, aDirtyRect, set);
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
rv = aBuilder->DisplayCaret(aFrame, aDirtyRect, aSet.Content());
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
|
|
return aFrame->OverflowClip(aBuilder, set, aSet, aClipRect, aClipRadii);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
static void PaintDebugBorder(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsRenderingContext* aCtx,
|
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect, nsPoint aPt) {
|
|
nsRect r(aPt, aFrame->GetSize());
|
|
if (aFrame->HasView()) {
|
|
aCtx->SetColor(NS_RGB(0,0,255));
|
|
} else {
|
|
aCtx->SetColor(NS_RGB(255,0,0));
|
|
}
|
|
aCtx->DrawRect(r);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void PaintEventTargetBorder(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsRenderingContext* aCtx,
|
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect, nsPoint aPt) {
|
|
nsRect r(aPt, aFrame->GetSize());
|
|
aCtx->SetColor(NS_RGB(128,0,128));
|
|
aCtx->DrawRect(r);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
DisplayDebugBorders(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder, nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsDisplayListSet& aLists) {
|
|
// Draw a border around the child
|
|
// REVIEW: From nsContainerFrame::PaintChild
|
|
if (nsFrame::GetShowFrameBorders() && !aFrame->GetRect().IsEmpty()) {
|
|
aLists.Outlines()->AppendNewToTop(new (aBuilder)
|
|
nsDisplayGeneric(aBuilder, aFrame, PaintDebugBorder, "DebugBorder",
|
|
nsDisplayItem::TYPE_DEBUG_BORDER));
|
|
}
|
|
// Draw a border around the current event target
|
|
if (nsFrame::GetShowEventTargetFrameBorder() &&
|
|
aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetDrawEventTargetFrame() == aFrame) {
|
|
aLists.Outlines()->AppendNewToTop(new (aBuilder)
|
|
nsDisplayGeneric(aBuilder, aFrame, PaintEventTargetBorder, "EventTargetBorder",
|
|
nsDisplayItem::TYPE_EVENT_TARGET_BORDER));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
static nsresult
|
|
WrapPreserve3DListInternal(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsDisplayListBuilder *aBuilder, nsDisplayList *aList, PRUint32& aIndex)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aIndex > nsDisplayTransform::INDEX_MAX) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult rv = NS_OK;
|
|
nsDisplayList newList;
|
|
nsDisplayList temp;
|
|
while (nsDisplayItem *item = aList->RemoveBottom()) {
|
|
nsIFrame *childFrame = item->GetUnderlyingFrame();
|
|
|
|
// We accumulate sequential items that aren't transforms into the 'temp' list
|
|
// and then flush this list into newList by wrapping the whole lot with a single
|
|
// nsDisplayTransform.
|
|
|
|
if (childFrame && (childFrame->GetParent()->Preserves3DChildren() || childFrame == aFrame)) {
|
|
switch (item->GetType()) {
|
|
case nsDisplayItem::TYPE_TRANSFORM: {
|
|
if (!temp.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
newList.AppendToTop(new (aBuilder) nsDisplayTransform(aBuilder, aFrame, &temp, aIndex++));
|
|
}
|
|
newList.AppendToTop(item);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case nsDisplayItem::TYPE_WRAP_LIST: {
|
|
if (!temp.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
newList.AppendToTop(new (aBuilder) nsDisplayTransform(aBuilder, aFrame, &temp, aIndex++));
|
|
}
|
|
nsDisplayWrapList *list = static_cast<nsDisplayWrapList*>(item);
|
|
rv = WrapPreserve3DListInternal(aFrame, aBuilder, list->GetList(), aIndex);
|
|
newList.AppendToTop(list->GetList());
|
|
list->~nsDisplayWrapList();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case nsDisplayItem::TYPE_OPACITY: {
|
|
if (!temp.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
newList.AppendToTop(new (aBuilder) nsDisplayTransform(aBuilder, aFrame, &temp, aIndex++));
|
|
}
|
|
nsDisplayOpacity *opacity = static_cast<nsDisplayOpacity*>(item);
|
|
rv = WrapPreserve3DListInternal(aFrame, aBuilder, opacity->GetList(), aIndex);
|
|
opacity->UpdateBounds(aBuilder);
|
|
newList.AppendToTop(item);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
default: {
|
|
temp.AppendToTop(item);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
temp.AppendToTop(item);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !item || aIndex > nsDisplayTransform::INDEX_MAX)
|
|
return rv;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!temp.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
newList.AppendToTop(new (aBuilder) nsDisplayTransform(aBuilder, aFrame, &temp, aIndex++));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aList->AppendToTop(&newList);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsresult
|
|
WrapPreserve3DList(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder, nsDisplayList *aList)
|
|
{
|
|
PRUint32 index = 0;
|
|
return WrapPreserve3DListInternal(aFrame, aBuilder, aList, index);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsIFrame::BuildDisplayListForStackingContext(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect,
|
|
nsDisplayList* aList) {
|
|
if (GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_TOO_DEEP_IN_FRAME_TREE)
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
// Replaced elements have their visibility handled here, because
|
|
// they're visually atomic
|
|
if (IsFrameOfType(eReplaced) && !IsVisibleForPainting(aBuilder))
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
nsRect clipPropClip;
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* disp = GetStyleDisplay();
|
|
// We can stop right away if this is a zero-opacity stacking context and
|
|
// we're painting, and we're not animating opacity.
|
|
if (disp->mOpacity == 0.0 && aBuilder->IsForPainting() &&
|
|
!nsLayoutUtils::HasAnimationsForCompositor(mContent,
|
|
eCSSProperty_opacity)) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool applyClipPropClipping =
|
|
ApplyClipPropClipping(aBuilder, disp, this, &clipPropClip);
|
|
nsRect dirtyRect = aDirtyRect;
|
|
|
|
bool inTransform = aBuilder->IsInTransform();
|
|
if (IsTransformed()) {
|
|
if (aBuilder->IsForPainting() &&
|
|
nsDisplayTransform::ShouldPrerenderTransformedContent(aBuilder, this)) {
|
|
dirtyRect = GetVisualOverflowRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Trying to back-transform arbitrary rects gives us really weird results. I believe
|
|
// this is from points that lie beyond the vanishing point. As a workaround we transform t
|
|
// he overflow rect into screen space and compare in that coordinate system.
|
|
|
|
// Transform the overflow rect into screen space
|
|
nsRect overflow = GetVisualOverflowRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|
nsPoint offset = aBuilder->ToReferenceFrame(this);
|
|
overflow += offset;
|
|
overflow = nsDisplayTransform::TransformRect(overflow, this, offset);
|
|
|
|
dirtyRect += offset;
|
|
|
|
if (dirtyRect.Intersects(overflow)) {
|
|
// If they intersect, we take our whole overflow rect. We could instead take the intersection
|
|
// and then reverse transform it but I doubt this extra work is worthwhile.
|
|
dirtyRect = GetVisualOverflowRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|
} else {
|
|
dirtyRect.SetEmpty();
|
|
}
|
|
if (!Preserves3DChildren() && !dirtyRect.Intersects(GetVisualOverflowRectRelativeToSelf())) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
inTransform = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (applyClipPropClipping) {
|
|
dirtyRect.IntersectRect(dirtyRect,
|
|
clipPropClip - aBuilder->ToReferenceFrame(this));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool usingSVGEffects = nsSVGIntegrationUtils::UsingEffectsForFrame(this);
|
|
if (usingSVGEffects) {
|
|
dirtyRect =
|
|
nsSVGIntegrationUtils::GetRequiredSourceForInvalidArea(this, dirtyRect);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
MarkAbsoluteFramesForDisplayList(aBuilder, dirtyRect);
|
|
|
|
// Preserve3DChildren() also guarantees that applyAbsPosClipping and usingSVGEffects are false
|
|
// We only modify the preserve-3d rect if we are the top of a preserve-3d heirarchy
|
|
if (Preserves3DChildren()) {
|
|
aBuilder->MarkPreserve3DFramesForDisplayList(this, aDirtyRect);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsDisplayListCollection set;
|
|
nsresult rv;
|
|
{
|
|
nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoBuildingDisplayList rootSetter(aBuilder, true);
|
|
nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoInTransformSetter
|
|
inTransformSetter(aBuilder, inTransform);
|
|
rv = BuildDisplayList(aBuilder, dirtyRect, set);
|
|
}
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
|
|
if (aBuilder->IsBackgroundOnly()) {
|
|
set.BlockBorderBackgrounds()->DeleteAll();
|
|
set.Floats()->DeleteAll();
|
|
set.Content()->DeleteAll();
|
|
set.PositionedDescendants()->DeleteAll();
|
|
set.Outlines()->DeleteAll();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This z-order sort also sorts secondarily by content order. We need to do
|
|
// this so that boxes produced by the same element are placed together
|
|
// in the sort. Consider a position:relative inline element that breaks
|
|
// across lines and has absolutely positioned children; all the abs-pos
|
|
// children should be z-ordered after all the boxes for the position:relative
|
|
// element itself.
|
|
set.PositionedDescendants()->SortByZOrder(aBuilder, GetContent());
|
|
|
|
nsRect overflowClip;
|
|
if (ApplyOverflowClipping(aBuilder, this, disp, &overflowClip)) {
|
|
nscoord radii[8];
|
|
this->GetPaddingBoxBorderRadii(radii);
|
|
nsOverflowClipWrapper wrapper(this, overflowClip, radii,
|
|
false, false);
|
|
rv = wrapper.WrapListsInPlace(aBuilder, this, set);
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
}
|
|
// We didn't use overflowClip to restrict the dirty rect, since some of the
|
|
// descendants may not be clipped by it. Even if we end up with unnecessary
|
|
// display items, they'll be pruned during ComputeVisibility.
|
|
|
|
nsDisplayList resultList;
|
|
// Now follow the rules of http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/zindex.html
|
|
// 1,2: backgrounds and borders
|
|
resultList.AppendToTop(set.BorderBackground());
|
|
// 3: negative z-index children.
|
|
for (;;) {
|
|
nsDisplayItem* item = set.PositionedDescendants()->GetBottom();
|
|
if (item) {
|
|
nsIFrame* f = item->GetUnderlyingFrame();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(f, "After sorting, every item in the list should have an underlying frame");
|
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::GetZIndex(f) < 0) {
|
|
set.PositionedDescendants()->RemoveBottom();
|
|
resultList.AppendToTop(item);
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
// 4: block backgrounds
|
|
resultList.AppendToTop(set.BlockBorderBackgrounds());
|
|
// 5: floats
|
|
resultList.AppendToTop(set.Floats());
|
|
// 7: general content
|
|
resultList.AppendToTop(set.Content());
|
|
// 7.5: outlines, in content tree order. We need to sort by content order
|
|
// because an element with outline that breaks and has children with outline
|
|
// might have placed child outline items between its own outline items.
|
|
// The element's outline items need to all come before any child outline
|
|
// items.
|
|
set.Outlines()->SortByContentOrder(aBuilder, GetContent());
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
DisplayDebugBorders(aBuilder, this, set);
|
|
#endif
|
|
resultList.AppendToTop(set.Outlines());
|
|
// 8, 9: non-negative z-index children
|
|
resultList.AppendToTop(set.PositionedDescendants());
|
|
|
|
/* If we have absolute position clipping and we have, or will have, items to
|
|
* be clipped, wrap the list in a clip wrapper.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (applyClipPropClipping &&
|
|
(!resultList.IsEmpty() || usingSVGEffects)) {
|
|
nsDisplayClipPropWrapper wrapper(clipPropClip);
|
|
nsDisplayItem* item = wrapper.WrapList(aBuilder, this, &resultList);
|
|
if (!item)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
|
|
// resultList was emptied
|
|
resultList.AppendToTop(item);
|
|
}
|
|
/* If there are any SVG effects, wrap the list up in an SVG effects item
|
|
* (which also handles CSS group opacity). Note that we create an SVG effects
|
|
* item even if resultList is empty, since a filter can produce graphical
|
|
* output even if the element being filtered wouldn't otherwise do so.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (usingSVGEffects) {
|
|
/* List now emptied, so add the new list to the top. */
|
|
rv = resultList.AppendNewToTop(
|
|
new (aBuilder) nsDisplaySVGEffects(aBuilder, this, &resultList));
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
|
|
return rv;
|
|
}
|
|
/* Else, if the list is non-empty and there is CSS group opacity without SVG
|
|
* effects, wrap it up in an opacity item.
|
|
*/
|
|
else if (HasOpacity() &&
|
|
!nsSVGUtils::CanOptimizeOpacity(this) &&
|
|
!resultList.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
rv = resultList.AppendNewToTop(
|
|
new (aBuilder) nsDisplayOpacity(aBuilder, this, &resultList));
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
|
|
return rv;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If we're going to apply a transformation and don't have preserve-3d set, wrap
|
|
* everything in an nsDisplayTransform. If there's nothing in the list, don't add
|
|
* anything.
|
|
*
|
|
* For the preserve-3d case we want to individually wrap every child in the list with
|
|
* a separate nsDisplayTransform instead. When the child is already an nsDisplayTransform,
|
|
* we can skip this step, as the computed transform will already include our own.
|
|
*
|
|
* We also traverse into sublists created by nsDisplayWrapList or nsDisplayOpacity, so that
|
|
* we find all the correct children.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (IsTransformed() && !resultList.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
if (Preserves3DChildren()) {
|
|
rv = WrapPreserve3DList(this, aBuilder, &resultList);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
|
|
return rv;
|
|
} else {
|
|
rv = resultList.AppendNewToTop(
|
|
new (aBuilder) nsDisplayTransform(aBuilder, this, &resultList));
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
|
|
return rv;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aList->AppendToTop(&resultList);
|
|
return rv;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsIFrame::BuildDisplayListForChild(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
nsIFrame* aChild,
|
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect,
|
|
const nsDisplayListSet& aLists,
|
|
PRUint32 aFlags) {
|
|
// If painting is restricted to just the background of the top level frame,
|
|
// then we have nothing to do here.
|
|
if (aBuilder->IsBackgroundOnly())
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* child = aChild;
|
|
if (child->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_TOO_DEEP_IN_FRAME_TREE)
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
bool isSVG = (child->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_SVG_LAYOUT);
|
|
|
|
// true if this is a real or pseudo stacking context
|
|
bool pseudoStackingContext =
|
|
(aFlags & DISPLAY_CHILD_FORCE_PSEUDO_STACKING_CONTEXT) != 0;
|
|
if (!isSVG &&
|
|
(aFlags & DISPLAY_CHILD_INLINE) &&
|
|
!child->IsFrameOfType(eLineParticipant)) {
|
|
// child is a non-inline frame in an inline context, i.e.,
|
|
// it acts like inline-block or inline-table. Therefore it is a
|
|
// pseudo-stacking-context.
|
|
pseudoStackingContext = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// dirty rect in child-relative coordinates
|
|
nsRect dirty = aDirtyRect - child->GetOffsetTo(this);
|
|
|
|
nsIAtom* childType = child->GetType();
|
|
if (childType == nsGkAtoms::placeholderFrame) {
|
|
nsPlaceholderFrame* placeholder = static_cast<nsPlaceholderFrame*>(child);
|
|
child = placeholder->GetOutOfFlowFrame();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(child, "No out of flow frame?");
|
|
// If 'child' is a pushed float then it's owned by a block that's not an
|
|
// ancestor of the placeholder, and it will be painted by that block and
|
|
// should not be painted through the placeholder.
|
|
if (!child || nsLayoutUtils::IsPopup(child) ||
|
|
(child->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_PUSHED_FLOAT))
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
// Make sure that any attempt to use childType below is disappointed. We
|
|
// could call GetType again but since we don't currently need it, let's
|
|
// avoid the virtual call.
|
|
childType = nullptr;
|
|
// Recheck NS_FRAME_TOO_DEEP_IN_FRAME_TREE
|
|
if (child->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_TOO_DEEP_IN_FRAME_TREE)
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
nsRect* savedDirty = static_cast<nsRect*>
|
|
(child->Properties().Get(nsDisplayListBuilder::OutOfFlowDirtyRectProperty()));
|
|
if (savedDirty) {
|
|
dirty = *savedDirty;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// The out-of-flow frame did not intersect the dirty area. We may still
|
|
// need to traverse into it, since it may contain placeholders we need
|
|
// to enter to reach other out-of-flow frames that are visible.
|
|
dirty.SetEmpty();
|
|
}
|
|
pseudoStackingContext = true;
|
|
}
|
|
if (child->Preserves3D()) {
|
|
nsRect* savedDirty = static_cast<nsRect*>
|
|
(child->Properties().Get(nsDisplayListBuilder::Preserve3DDirtyRectProperty()));
|
|
if (savedDirty) {
|
|
dirty = *savedDirty;
|
|
} else {
|
|
dirty.SetEmpty();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
child->MarkAbsoluteFramesForDisplayList(aBuilder, dirty);
|
|
|
|
if (childType != nsGkAtoms::placeholderFrame &&
|
|
aBuilder->GetSelectedFramesOnly() &&
|
|
child->IsLeaf() &&
|
|
!aChild->IsSelected()) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aBuilder->GetIncludeAllOutOfFlows() &&
|
|
(child->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW)) {
|
|
dirty = child->GetVisualOverflowRect();
|
|
} else if (!(child->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_FORCE_DISPLAY_LIST_DESCEND_INTO)) {
|
|
// No need to descend into child to catch placeholders for visible
|
|
// positioned stuff. So see if we can short-circuit frame traversal here.
|
|
|
|
// We can stop if child's frame subtree's intersection with the
|
|
// dirty area is empty.
|
|
// If the child is a scrollframe that we want to ignore, then we need
|
|
// to descend into it because its scrolled child may intersect the dirty
|
|
// area even if the scrollframe itself doesn't.
|
|
if (child != aBuilder->GetIgnoreScrollFrame()) {
|
|
nsRect childDirty;
|
|
if (!childDirty.IntersectRect(dirty, child->GetVisualOverflowRect()))
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
// Usually we could set dirty to childDirty now but there's no
|
|
// benefit, and it can be confusing. It can especially confuse
|
|
// situations where we're going to ignore a scrollframe's clipping;
|
|
// we wouldn't want to clip the dirty area to the scrollframe's
|
|
// bounds in that case.
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// XXX need to have inline-block and inline-table set pseudoStackingContext
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* ourDisp = GetStyleDisplay();
|
|
// REVIEW: Taken from nsBoxFrame::Paint
|
|
// Don't paint our children if the theme object is a leaf.
|
|
if (IsThemed(ourDisp) &&
|
|
!PresContext()->GetTheme()->WidgetIsContainer(ourDisp->mAppearance))
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
// Child is composited if it's transformed, partially transparent, or has
|
|
// SVG effects.
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* disp = child->GetStyleDisplay();
|
|
bool isVisuallyAtomic = child->HasOpacity()
|
|
|| child->IsTransformed()
|
|
|| nsSVGIntegrationUtils::UsingEffectsForFrame(child);
|
|
|
|
bool isPositioned = !isSVG && disp->IsPositioned(child);
|
|
if (isVisuallyAtomic || isPositioned || (!isSVG && disp->IsFloating(child)) ||
|
|
((disp->mClipFlags & NS_STYLE_CLIP_RECT) &&
|
|
IsSVGContentWithCSSClip(child)) ||
|
|
(aFlags & DISPLAY_CHILD_FORCE_STACKING_CONTEXT)) {
|
|
// If you change this, also change IsPseudoStackingContextFromStyle()
|
|
pseudoStackingContext = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This controls later whether we build an nsDisplayWrapList or an
|
|
// nsDisplayFixedPosition. We check if we're already building a fixed-pos
|
|
// item and disallow nesting, to prevent the situation of bug #769541
|
|
// occurring.
|
|
bool buildFixedPositionItem = disp->mPosition == NS_STYLE_POSITION_FIXED
|
|
&& !child->GetParent()->GetParent() && !isSVG && !aBuilder->IsInFixedPosition();
|
|
|
|
nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoBuildingDisplayList
|
|
buildingForChild(aBuilder, child, pseudoStackingContext, buildFixedPositionItem);
|
|
|
|
nsRect overflowClip;
|
|
nscoord overflowClipRadii[8];
|
|
bool applyOverflowClip =
|
|
ApplyOverflowClipping(aBuilder, child, disp, &overflowClip);
|
|
if (applyOverflowClip) {
|
|
child->GetPaddingBoxBorderRadii(overflowClipRadii);
|
|
}
|
|
// Don't use overflowClip to restrict the dirty rect, since some of the
|
|
// descendants may not be clipped by it. Even if we end up with unnecessary
|
|
// display items, they'll be pruned during ComputeVisibility. Note that
|
|
// this overflow-clipping here only applies to overflow:-moz-hidden-unscrollable;
|
|
// overflow:hidden etc creates an nsHTML/XULScrollFrame which does its own
|
|
// clipping.
|
|
|
|
nsresult rv;
|
|
if (!pseudoStackingContext) {
|
|
// THIS IS THE COMMON CASE.
|
|
// Not a pseudo or real stacking context. Do the simple thing and
|
|
// return early.
|
|
if (applyOverflowClip) {
|
|
rv = BuildDisplayListWithOverflowClip(aBuilder, child, dirty, aLists,
|
|
overflowClip, overflowClipRadii);
|
|
} else {
|
|
rv = child->BuildDisplayList(aBuilder, dirty, aLists);
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
|
|
rv = aBuilder->DisplayCaret(child, dirty, aLists.Content());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
DisplayDebugBorders(aBuilder, child, aLists);
|
|
#endif
|
|
return rv;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsDisplayList list;
|
|
nsDisplayList extraPositionedDescendants;
|
|
const nsStylePosition* pos = child->GetStylePosition();
|
|
if ((isPositioned && pos->mZIndex.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Integer) ||
|
|
isVisuallyAtomic || (aFlags & DISPLAY_CHILD_FORCE_STACKING_CONTEXT)) {
|
|
// True stacking context
|
|
rv = child->BuildDisplayListForStackingContext(aBuilder, dirty, &list);
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
|
|
rv = aBuilder->DisplayCaret(child, dirty, &list);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsRect clipRect;
|
|
bool applyClipPropClipping =
|
|
ApplyClipPropClipping(aBuilder, disp, child, &clipRect);
|
|
// A pseudo-stacking context (e.g., a positioned element with z-index auto).
|
|
// We allow positioned descendants of the child to escape to our parent
|
|
// stacking context's positioned descendant list, because they might be
|
|
// z-index:non-auto
|
|
nsDisplayListCollection pseudoStack;
|
|
nsRect clippedDirtyRect = dirty;
|
|
if (applyClipPropClipping) {
|
|
// clipRect is in builder-reference-frame coordinates,
|
|
// dirty/clippedDirtyRect are in child coordinates
|
|
clippedDirtyRect.IntersectRect(clippedDirtyRect,
|
|
clipRect - aBuilder->ToReferenceFrame(child));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (applyOverflowClip) {
|
|
rv = BuildDisplayListWithOverflowClip(aBuilder, child, clippedDirtyRect,
|
|
pseudoStack, overflowClip,
|
|
overflowClipRadii);
|
|
} else {
|
|
rv = child->BuildDisplayList(aBuilder, clippedDirtyRect, pseudoStack);
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
|
|
rv = aBuilder->DisplayCaret(child, dirty, pseudoStack.Content());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
|
|
if (applyClipPropClipping) {
|
|
nsDisplayClipPropWrapper wrapper(clipRect);
|
|
rv = wrapper.WrapListsInPlace(aBuilder, child, pseudoStack);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
list.AppendToTop(pseudoStack.BorderBackground());
|
|
list.AppendToTop(pseudoStack.BlockBorderBackgrounds());
|
|
list.AppendToTop(pseudoStack.Floats());
|
|
list.AppendToTop(pseudoStack.Content());
|
|
list.AppendToTop(pseudoStack.Outlines());
|
|
extraPositionedDescendants.AppendToTop(pseudoStack.PositionedDescendants());
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
DisplayDebugBorders(aBuilder, child, aLists);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
|
|
if (isPositioned || isVisuallyAtomic ||
|
|
(aFlags & DISPLAY_CHILD_FORCE_STACKING_CONTEXT)) {
|
|
// Genuine stacking contexts, and positioned pseudo-stacking-contexts,
|
|
// go in this level.
|
|
if (!list.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
// Make sure the root of a fixed position frame sub-tree gets the
|
|
// correct displaylist item type.
|
|
nsDisplayItem* item;
|
|
if (buildFixedPositionItem) {
|
|
item = new (aBuilder) nsDisplayFixedPosition(aBuilder, child, child, &list);
|
|
} else {
|
|
item = new (aBuilder) nsDisplayWrapList(aBuilder, child, &list);
|
|
}
|
|
if (isSVG) {
|
|
rv = aLists.Content()->AppendNewToTop(item);
|
|
} else {
|
|
rv = aLists.PositionedDescendants()->AppendNewToTop(item);
|
|
}
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
|
|
// Make sure that extra positioned descendants don't escape having
|
|
// their fixed-position metadata applied to them.
|
|
if (buildFixedPositionItem) {
|
|
while (!extraPositionedDescendants.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
item = extraPositionedDescendants.RemoveBottom();
|
|
nsDisplayList fixedPosDescendantList;
|
|
fixedPosDescendantList.AppendToTop(item);
|
|
aLists.PositionedDescendants()->AppendNewToTop(
|
|
new (aBuilder) nsDisplayFixedPosition(aBuilder, item->GetUnderlyingFrame(),
|
|
child, &fixedPosDescendantList));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (!isSVG && disp->IsFloating(child)) {
|
|
if (!list.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
rv = aLists.Floats()->AppendNewToTop(new (aBuilder)
|
|
nsDisplayWrapList(aBuilder, child, &list));
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
aLists.Content()->AppendToTop(&list);
|
|
}
|
|
// We delay placing the positioned descendants of positioned frames to here,
|
|
// because in the absence of z-index this is the correct order for them.
|
|
// This doesn't affect correctness because the positioned descendants list
|
|
// is sorted by z-order and content in BuildDisplayListForStackingContext,
|
|
// but it means that sort routine needs to do less work.
|
|
aLists.PositionedDescendants()->AppendToTop(&extraPositionedDescendants);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::MarkAbsoluteFramesForDisplayList(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect)
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsAbsoluteContainer()) {
|
|
aBuilder->MarkFramesForDisplayList(this, GetAbsoluteContainingBlock()->GetChildList(), aDirtyRect);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::WrapReplacedContentForBorderRadius(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
nsDisplayList* aFromList,
|
|
const nsDisplayListSet& aToLists)
|
|
{
|
|
nscoord radii[8];
|
|
if (GetContentBoxBorderRadii(radii)) {
|
|
// If we have a border-radius, we have to clip our content to that
|
|
// radius.
|
|
nsDisplayListCollection set;
|
|
set.Content()->AppendToTop(aFromList);
|
|
nsRect clipRect = GetContentRect() - GetPosition() +
|
|
aBuilder->ToReferenceFrame(this);
|
|
OverflowClip(aBuilder, set, aToLists, clipRect, radii, false, true);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aToLists.Content()->AppendToTop(aFromList);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::GetContentForEvent(nsEvent* aEvent,
|
|
nsIContent** aContent)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* f = nsLayoutUtils::GetNonGeneratedAncestor(this);
|
|
*aContent = f->GetContent();
|
|
NS_IF_ADDREF(*aContent);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::FireDOMEvent(const nsAString& aDOMEventName, nsIContent *aContent)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIContent* target = aContent ? aContent : mContent;
|
|
|
|
if (target) {
|
|
nsRefPtr<nsAsyncDOMEvent> event =
|
|
new nsAsyncDOMEvent(target, aDOMEventName, true, false);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(event->PostDOMEvent()))
|
|
NS_WARNING("Failed to dispatch nsAsyncDOMEvent");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::HandleEvent(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
nsGUIEvent* aEvent,
|
|
nsEventStatus* aEventStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (aEvent->message == NS_MOUSE_MOVE || aEvent->message == NS_TOUCH_MOVE) {
|
|
return HandleDrag(aPresContext, aEvent, aEventStatus);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ((aEvent->eventStructType == NS_MOUSE_EVENT &&
|
|
static_cast<nsMouseEvent*>(aEvent)->button == nsMouseEvent::eLeftButton) ||
|
|
aEvent->eventStructType == NS_TOUCH_EVENT) {
|
|
if (aEvent->message == NS_MOUSE_BUTTON_DOWN || aEvent->message == NS_TOUCH_START) {
|
|
HandlePress(aPresContext, aEvent, aEventStatus);
|
|
} else if (aEvent->message == NS_MOUSE_BUTTON_UP || aEvent->message == NS_TOUCH_END) {
|
|
HandleRelease(aPresContext, aEvent, aEventStatus);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::GetDataForTableSelection(const nsFrameSelection *aFrameSelection,
|
|
nsIPresShell *aPresShell, nsMouseEvent *aMouseEvent,
|
|
nsIContent **aParentContent, PRInt32 *aContentOffset, PRInt32 *aTarget)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aFrameSelection || !aPresShell || !aMouseEvent || !aParentContent || !aContentOffset || !aTarget)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
|
|
|
|
*aParentContent = nullptr;
|
|
*aContentOffset = 0;
|
|
*aTarget = 0;
|
|
|
|
PRInt16 displaySelection = aPresShell->GetSelectionFlags();
|
|
|
|
bool selectingTableCells = aFrameSelection->GetTableCellSelection();
|
|
|
|
// DISPLAY_ALL means we're in an editor.
|
|
// If already in cell selection mode,
|
|
// continue selecting with mouse drag or end on mouse up,
|
|
// or when using shift key to extend block of cells
|
|
// (Mouse down does normal selection unless Ctrl/Cmd is pressed)
|
|
bool doTableSelection =
|
|
displaySelection == nsISelectionDisplay::DISPLAY_ALL && selectingTableCells &&
|
|
(aMouseEvent->message == NS_MOUSE_MOVE ||
|
|
(aMouseEvent->message == NS_MOUSE_BUTTON_UP &&
|
|
aMouseEvent->button == nsMouseEvent::eLeftButton) ||
|
|
aMouseEvent->IsShift());
|
|
|
|
if (!doTableSelection)
|
|
{
|
|
// In Browser, special 'table selection' key must be pressed for table selection
|
|
// or when just Shift is pressed and we're already in table/cell selection mode
|
|
#ifdef XP_MACOSX
|
|
doTableSelection = aMouseEvent->IsMeta() || (aMouseEvent->IsShift() && selectingTableCells);
|
|
#else
|
|
doTableSelection = aMouseEvent->IsControl() || (aMouseEvent->IsShift() && selectingTableCells);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
if (!doTableSelection)
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
// Get the cell frame or table frame (or parent) of the current content node
|
|
nsIFrame *frame = this;
|
|
bool foundCell = false;
|
|
bool foundTable = false;
|
|
|
|
// Get the limiting node to stop parent frame search
|
|
nsIContent* limiter = aFrameSelection->GetLimiter();
|
|
|
|
// If our content node is an ancestor of the limiting node,
|
|
// we should stop the search right now.
|
|
if (limiter && nsContentUtils::ContentIsDescendantOf(limiter, GetContent()))
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
//We don't initiate row/col selection from here now,
|
|
// but we may in future
|
|
//bool selectColumn = false;
|
|
//bool selectRow = false;
|
|
|
|
while (frame)
|
|
{
|
|
// Check for a table cell by querying to a known CellFrame interface
|
|
nsITableCellLayout *cellElement = do_QueryFrame(frame);
|
|
if (cellElement)
|
|
{
|
|
foundCell = true;
|
|
//TODO: If we want to use proximity to top or left border
|
|
// for row and column selection, this is the place to do it
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// If not a cell, check for table
|
|
// This will happen when starting frame is the table or child of a table,
|
|
// such as a row (we were inbetween cells or in table border)
|
|
nsITableLayout *tableElement = do_QueryFrame(frame);
|
|
if (tableElement)
|
|
{
|
|
foundTable = true;
|
|
//TODO: How can we select row when along left table edge
|
|
// or select column when along top edge?
|
|
break;
|
|
} else {
|
|
frame = frame->GetParent();
|
|
// Stop if we have hit the selection's limiting content node
|
|
if (frame && frame->GetContent() == limiter)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// We aren't in a cell or table
|
|
if (!foundCell && !foundTable) return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
nsIContent* tableOrCellContent = frame->GetContent();
|
|
if (!tableOrCellContent) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> parentContent = tableOrCellContent->GetParent();
|
|
if (!parentContent) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
|
|
PRInt32 offset = parentContent->IndexOf(tableOrCellContent);
|
|
// Not likely?
|
|
if (offset < 0) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
|
|
// Everything is OK -- set the return values
|
|
*aParentContent = parentContent;
|
|
NS_ADDREF(*aParentContent);
|
|
|
|
*aContentOffset = offset;
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
if (selectRow)
|
|
*aTarget = nsISelectionPrivate::TABLESELECTION_ROW;
|
|
else if (selectColumn)
|
|
*aTarget = nsISelectionPrivate::TABLESELECTION_COLUMN;
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (foundCell)
|
|
*aTarget = nsISelectionPrivate::TABLESELECTION_CELL;
|
|
else if (foundTable)
|
|
*aTarget = nsISelectionPrivate::TABLESELECTION_TABLE;
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::IsSelectable(bool* aSelectable, PRUint8* aSelectStyle) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aSelectable) //it's ok if aSelectStyle is null
|
|
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
|
|
|
|
// Like 'visibility', we must check all the parents: if a parent
|
|
// is not selectable, none of its children is selectable.
|
|
//
|
|
// The -moz-all value acts similarly: if a frame has 'user-select:-moz-all',
|
|
// all its children are selectable, even those with 'user-select:none'.
|
|
//
|
|
// As a result, if 'none' and '-moz-all' are not present in the frame hierarchy,
|
|
// aSelectStyle returns the first style that is not AUTO. If these values
|
|
// are present in the frame hierarchy, aSelectStyle returns the style of the
|
|
// topmost parent that has either 'none' or '-moz-all'.
|
|
//
|
|
// For instance, if the frame hierarchy is:
|
|
// AUTO -> _MOZ_ALL -> NONE -> TEXT, the returned value is _MOZ_ALL
|
|
// TEXT -> NONE -> AUTO -> _MOZ_ALL, the returned value is NONE
|
|
// _MOZ_ALL -> TEXT -> AUTO -> AUTO, the returned value is _MOZ_ALL
|
|
// AUTO -> CELL -> TEXT -> AUTO, the returned value is TEXT
|
|
//
|
|
PRUint8 selectStyle = NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_AUTO;
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = (nsIFrame*)this;
|
|
|
|
while (frame) {
|
|
const nsStyleUIReset* userinterface = frame->GetStyleUIReset();
|
|
switch (userinterface->mUserSelect) {
|
|
case NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_ALL:
|
|
case NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_NONE:
|
|
case NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_MOZ_ALL:
|
|
// override the previous values
|
|
selectStyle = userinterface->mUserSelect;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
// otherwise return the first value which is not 'auto'
|
|
if (selectStyle == NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_AUTO) {
|
|
selectStyle = userinterface->mUserSelect;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
frame = frame->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// convert internal values to standard values
|
|
if (selectStyle == NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_AUTO)
|
|
selectStyle = NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_TEXT;
|
|
else
|
|
if (selectStyle == NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_MOZ_ALL)
|
|
selectStyle = NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_ALL;
|
|
else
|
|
if (selectStyle == NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_MOZ_NONE)
|
|
selectStyle = NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_NONE;
|
|
|
|
// return stuff
|
|
if (aSelectStyle)
|
|
*aSelectStyle = selectStyle;
|
|
if (mState & NS_FRAME_GENERATED_CONTENT)
|
|
*aSelectable = false;
|
|
else
|
|
*aSelectable = (selectStyle != NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_NONE);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Handles the Mouse Press Event for the frame
|
|
*/
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::HandlePress(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
nsGUIEvent* aEvent,
|
|
nsEventStatus* aEventStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aEventStatus);
|
|
if (nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault == *aEventStatus) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aEvent);
|
|
if (aEvent->eventStructType == NS_TOUCH_EVENT) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//We often get out of sync state issues with mousedown events that
|
|
//get interrupted by alerts/dialogs.
|
|
//Check with the ESM to see if we should process this one
|
|
if (!aPresContext->EventStateManager()->EventStatusOK(aEvent))
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
nsresult rv;
|
|
nsIPresShell *shell = aPresContext->GetPresShell();
|
|
if (!shell)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
|
|
// if we are in Navigator and the click is in a draggable node, we don't want
|
|
// to start selection because we don't want to interfere with a potential
|
|
// drag of said node and steal all its glory.
|
|
PRInt16 isEditor = shell->GetSelectionFlags();
|
|
//weaaak. only the editor can display frame selection not just text and images
|
|
isEditor = isEditor == nsISelectionDisplay::DISPLAY_ALL;
|
|
|
|
nsInputEvent* keyEvent = (nsInputEvent*)aEvent;
|
|
if (!keyEvent->IsAlt()) {
|
|
|
|
for (nsIContent* content = mContent; content;
|
|
content = content->GetParent()) {
|
|
if (nsContentUtils::ContentIsDraggable(content) &&
|
|
!content->IsEditable()) {
|
|
// coordinate stuff is the fix for bug #55921
|
|
if ((mRect - GetPosition()).Contains(
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(aEvent, this)))
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// check whether style allows selection
|
|
// if not, don't tell selection the mouse event even occurred.
|
|
bool selectable;
|
|
PRUint8 selectStyle;
|
|
rv = IsSelectable(&selectable, &selectStyle);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
|
|
|
|
// check for select: none
|
|
if (!selectable)
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
// When implementing NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_ELEMENT, NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_ELEMENTS and
|
|
// NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_TOGGLE, need to change this logic
|
|
bool useFrameSelection = (selectStyle == NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_TEXT);
|
|
|
|
// If the mouse is dragged outside the nearest enclosing scrollable area
|
|
// while making a selection, the area will be scrolled. To do this, capture
|
|
// the mouse on the nearest scrollable frame. If there isn't a scrollable
|
|
// frame, or something else is already capturing the mouse, there's no
|
|
// reason to capture.
|
|
if (!nsIPresShell::GetCapturingContent()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* checkFrame = this;
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame *scrollFrame = nullptr;
|
|
while (checkFrame) {
|
|
scrollFrame = do_QueryFrame(checkFrame);
|
|
if (scrollFrame) {
|
|
nsIPresShell::SetCapturingContent(checkFrame->GetContent(), CAPTURE_IGNOREALLOWED);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
checkFrame = checkFrame->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// XXX This is screwy; it really should use the selection frame, not the
|
|
// event frame
|
|
const nsFrameSelection* frameselection = nullptr;
|
|
if (useFrameSelection)
|
|
frameselection = GetConstFrameSelection();
|
|
else
|
|
frameselection = shell->ConstFrameSelection();
|
|
|
|
if (!frameselection || frameselection->GetDisplaySelection() == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF)
|
|
return NS_OK;//nothing to do we cannot affect selection from here
|
|
|
|
nsMouseEvent *me = (nsMouseEvent *)aEvent;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef XP_MACOSX
|
|
if (me->IsControl())
|
|
return NS_OK;//short circuit. hard coded for mac due to time restraints.
|
|
bool control = me->IsMeta();
|
|
#else
|
|
bool control = me->IsControl();
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
nsRefPtr<nsFrameSelection> fc = const_cast<nsFrameSelection*>(frameselection);
|
|
if (me->clickCount > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
// These methods aren't const but can't actually delete anything,
|
|
// so no need for nsWeakFrame.
|
|
fc->SetMouseDownState(true);
|
|
fc->SetMouseDoubleDown(true);
|
|
return HandleMultiplePress(aPresContext, aEvent, aEventStatus, control);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint pt = nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(aEvent, this);
|
|
ContentOffsets offsets = GetContentOffsetsFromPoint(pt, SKIP_HIDDEN);
|
|
|
|
if (!offsets.content)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
|
|
// On touchables devices, touch the screen is usually a pan action,
|
|
// so let reposition the caret if needed but do not select text
|
|
if (Preferences::GetBool("browser.ignoreNativeFrameTextSelection", false)) {
|
|
return fc->HandleClick(offsets.content, offsets.StartOffset(),
|
|
offsets.EndOffset(), false, false,
|
|
offsets.associateWithNext);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Let Ctrl/Cmd+mouse down do table selection instead of drag initiation
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContent>parentContent;
|
|
PRInt32 contentOffset;
|
|
PRInt32 target;
|
|
rv = GetDataForTableSelection(frameselection, shell, me, getter_AddRefs(parentContent), &contentOffset, &target);
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && parentContent)
|
|
{
|
|
fc->SetMouseDownState(true);
|
|
return fc->HandleTableSelection(parentContent, contentOffset, target, me);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
fc->SetDelayedCaretData(0);
|
|
|
|
// Check if any part of this frame is selected, and if the
|
|
// user clicked inside the selected region. If so, we delay
|
|
// starting a new selection since the user may be trying to
|
|
// drag the selected region to some other app.
|
|
|
|
SelectionDetails *details = 0;
|
|
if (GetContent()->IsSelectionDescendant())
|
|
{
|
|
bool inSelection = false;
|
|
details = frameselection->LookUpSelection(offsets.content, 0,
|
|
offsets.EndOffset(), false);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If there are any details, check to see if the user clicked
|
|
// within any selected region of the frame.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
SelectionDetails *curDetail = details;
|
|
|
|
while (curDetail)
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// If the user clicked inside a selection, then just
|
|
// return without doing anything. We will handle placing
|
|
// the caret later on when the mouse is released. We ignore
|
|
// the spellcheck, find and url formatting selections.
|
|
//
|
|
if (curDetail->mType != nsISelectionController::SELECTION_SPELLCHECK &&
|
|
curDetail->mType != nsISelectionController::SELECTION_FIND &&
|
|
curDetail->mType != nsISelectionController::SELECTION_URLSECONDARY &&
|
|
curDetail->mStart <= offsets.StartOffset() &&
|
|
offsets.EndOffset() <= curDetail->mEnd)
|
|
{
|
|
inSelection = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SelectionDetails *nextDetail = curDetail->mNext;
|
|
delete curDetail;
|
|
curDetail = nextDetail;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (inSelection) {
|
|
fc->SetMouseDownState(false);
|
|
fc->SetDelayedCaretData(me);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
fc->SetMouseDownState(true);
|
|
|
|
// Do not touch any nsFrame members after this point without adding
|
|
// weakFrame checks.
|
|
rv = fc->HandleClick(offsets.content, offsets.StartOffset(),
|
|
offsets.EndOffset(), me->IsShift(), control,
|
|
offsets.associateWithNext);
|
|
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
|
|
return rv;
|
|
|
|
if (offsets.offset != offsets.secondaryOffset)
|
|
fc->MaintainSelection();
|
|
|
|
if (isEditor && !me->IsShift() &&
|
|
(offsets.EndOffset() - offsets.StartOffset()) == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
// A single node is selected and we aren't extending an existing
|
|
// selection, which means the user clicked directly on an object (either
|
|
// -moz-user-select: all or a non-text node without children).
|
|
// Therefore, disable selection extension during mouse moves.
|
|
// XXX This is a bit hacky; shouldn't editor be able to deal with this?
|
|
fc->SetMouseDownState(false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return rv;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Multiple Mouse Press -- line or paragraph selection -- for the frame.
|
|
* Wouldn't it be nice if this didn't have to be hardwired into Frame code?
|
|
*/
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::HandleMultiplePress(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
nsGUIEvent* aEvent,
|
|
nsEventStatus* aEventStatus,
|
|
bool aControlHeld)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aEventStatus);
|
|
if (nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault == *aEventStatus) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (DisplaySelection(aPresContext) == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Find out whether we're doing line or paragraph selection.
|
|
// If browser.triple_click_selects_paragraph is true, triple-click selects paragraph.
|
|
// Otherwise, triple-click selects line, and quadruple-click selects paragraph
|
|
// (on platforms that support quadruple-click).
|
|
nsSelectionAmount beginAmount, endAmount;
|
|
nsMouseEvent *me = (nsMouseEvent *)aEvent;
|
|
if (!me) return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
if (me->clickCount == 4) {
|
|
beginAmount = endAmount = eSelectParagraph;
|
|
} else if (me->clickCount == 3) {
|
|
if (Preferences::GetBool("browser.triple_click_selects_paragraph")) {
|
|
beginAmount = endAmount = eSelectParagraph;
|
|
} else {
|
|
beginAmount = eSelectBeginLine;
|
|
endAmount = eSelectEndLine;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (me->clickCount == 2) {
|
|
// We only want inline frames; PeekBackwardAndForward dislikes blocks
|
|
beginAmount = endAmount = eSelectWord;
|
|
} else {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint pt = nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(aEvent, this);
|
|
ContentOffsets offsets = GetContentOffsetsFromPoint(pt, SKIP_HIDDEN);
|
|
if (!offsets.content) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* theFrame;
|
|
PRInt32 offset;
|
|
// Maybe make this a static helper?
|
|
const nsFrameSelection* frameSelection =
|
|
PresContext()->GetPresShell()->ConstFrameSelection();
|
|
theFrame = frameSelection->
|
|
GetFrameForNodeOffset(offsets.content, offsets.offset,
|
|
nsFrameSelection::HINT(offsets.associateWithNext),
|
|
&offset);
|
|
if (!theFrame)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
|
|
nsFrame* frame = static_cast<nsFrame*>(theFrame);
|
|
|
|
return frame->PeekBackwardAndForward(beginAmount, endAmount,
|
|
offsets.offset, aPresContext,
|
|
beginAmount != eSelectWord,
|
|
aControlHeld);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::PeekBackwardAndForward(nsSelectionAmount aAmountBack,
|
|
nsSelectionAmount aAmountForward,
|
|
PRInt32 aStartPos,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
bool aJumpLines,
|
|
bool aMultipleSelection)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* baseFrame = this;
|
|
PRInt32 baseOffset = aStartPos;
|
|
nsresult rv;
|
|
|
|
if (aAmountBack == eSelectWord) {
|
|
// To avoid selecting the previous word when at start of word,
|
|
// first move one character forward.
|
|
nsPeekOffsetStruct pos(eSelectCharacter,
|
|
eDirNext,
|
|
aStartPos,
|
|
0,
|
|
aJumpLines,
|
|
true, //limit on scrolled views
|
|
false,
|
|
false);
|
|
rv = PeekOffset(&pos);
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
|
|
baseFrame = pos.mResultFrame;
|
|
baseOffset = pos.mContentOffset;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Use peek offset one way then the other:
|
|
nsPeekOffsetStruct startpos(aAmountBack,
|
|
eDirPrevious,
|
|
baseOffset,
|
|
0,
|
|
aJumpLines,
|
|
true, //limit on scrolled views
|
|
false,
|
|
false);
|
|
rv = baseFrame->PeekOffset(&startpos);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
|
|
return rv;
|
|
|
|
nsPeekOffsetStruct endpos(aAmountForward,
|
|
eDirNext,
|
|
aStartPos,
|
|
0,
|
|
aJumpLines,
|
|
true, //limit on scrolled views
|
|
false,
|
|
false);
|
|
rv = PeekOffset(&endpos);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
|
|
return rv;
|
|
|
|
// Keep frameSelection alive.
|
|
nsRefPtr<nsFrameSelection> frameSelection = GetFrameSelection();
|
|
|
|
rv = frameSelection->HandleClick(startpos.mResultContent,
|
|
startpos.mContentOffset, startpos.mContentOffset,
|
|
false, aMultipleSelection,
|
|
nsFrameSelection::HINTRIGHT);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
|
|
return rv;
|
|
|
|
rv = frameSelection->HandleClick(endpos.mResultContent,
|
|
endpos.mContentOffset, endpos.mContentOffset,
|
|
true, false,
|
|
nsFrameSelection::HINTLEFT);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
|
|
return rv;
|
|
|
|
// maintain selection
|
|
return frameSelection->MaintainSelection(aAmountBack);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP nsFrame::HandleDrag(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
nsGUIEvent* aEvent,
|
|
nsEventStatus* aEventStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
bool selectable;
|
|
PRUint8 selectStyle;
|
|
IsSelectable(&selectable, &selectStyle);
|
|
// XXX Do we really need to exclude non-selectable content here?
|
|
// GetContentOffsetsFromPoint can handle it just fine, although some
|
|
// other stuff might not like it.
|
|
if (!selectable)
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
if (DisplaySelection(aPresContext) == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIPresShell *presShell = aPresContext->PresShell();
|
|
|
|
nsRefPtr<nsFrameSelection> frameselection = GetFrameSelection();
|
|
bool mouseDown = frameselection->GetMouseDownState();
|
|
if (!mouseDown)
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
frameselection->StopAutoScrollTimer();
|
|
|
|
// Check if we are dragging in a table cell
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> parentContent;
|
|
PRInt32 contentOffset;
|
|
PRInt32 target;
|
|
nsMouseEvent *me = (nsMouseEvent *)aEvent;
|
|
nsresult result;
|
|
result = GetDataForTableSelection(frameselection, presShell, me,
|
|
getter_AddRefs(parentContent),
|
|
&contentOffset, &target);
|
|
|
|
nsWeakFrame weakThis = this;
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && parentContent) {
|
|
frameselection->HandleTableSelection(parentContent, contentOffset, target, me);
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsPoint pt = nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(aEvent, this);
|
|
frameselection->HandleDrag(this, pt);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The frameselection object notifies selection listeners synchronously above
|
|
// which might have killed us.
|
|
if (!weakThis.IsAlive()) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// get the nearest scrollframe
|
|
nsIFrame* checkFrame = this;
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame *scrollFrame = nullptr;
|
|
while (checkFrame) {
|
|
scrollFrame = do_QueryFrame(checkFrame);
|
|
if (scrollFrame) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
checkFrame = checkFrame->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (scrollFrame) {
|
|
nsIFrame* capturingFrame = scrollFrame->GetScrolledFrame();
|
|
if (capturingFrame) {
|
|
nsPoint pt =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(aEvent, capturingFrame);
|
|
frameselection->StartAutoScrollTimer(capturingFrame, pt, 30);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* This static method handles part of the nsFrame::HandleRelease in a way
|
|
* which doesn't rely on the nsFrame object to stay alive.
|
|
*/
|
|
static nsresult
|
|
HandleFrameSelection(nsFrameSelection* aFrameSelection,
|
|
nsIFrame::ContentOffsets& aOffsets,
|
|
bool aHandleTableSel,
|
|
PRInt32 aContentOffsetForTableSel,
|
|
PRInt32 aTargetForTableSel,
|
|
nsIContent* aParentContentForTableSel,
|
|
nsGUIEvent* aEvent,
|
|
nsEventStatus* aEventStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aFrameSelection) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult rv = NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
if (nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault != *aEventStatus) {
|
|
if (!aHandleTableSel) {
|
|
if (!aOffsets.content || !aFrameSelection->HasDelayedCaretData()) {
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We are doing this to simulate what we would have done on HandlePress.
|
|
// We didn't do it there to give the user an opportunity to drag
|
|
// the text, but since they didn't drag, we want to place the
|
|
// caret.
|
|
// However, we'll use the mouse position from the release, since:
|
|
// * it's easier
|
|
// * that's the normal click position to use (although really, in
|
|
// the normal case, small movements that don't count as a drag
|
|
// can do selection)
|
|
aFrameSelection->SetMouseDownState(true);
|
|
|
|
rv = aFrameSelection->HandleClick(aOffsets.content,
|
|
aOffsets.StartOffset(),
|
|
aOffsets.EndOffset(),
|
|
aFrameSelection->IsShiftDownInDelayedCaretData(),
|
|
false,
|
|
aOffsets.associateWithNext);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
|
|
return rv;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (aParentContentForTableSel) {
|
|
aFrameSelection->SetMouseDownState(false);
|
|
rv = aFrameSelection->HandleTableSelection(aParentContentForTableSel,
|
|
aContentOffsetForTableSel,
|
|
aTargetForTableSel,
|
|
(nsMouseEvent *)aEvent);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
|
|
return rv;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
aFrameSelection->SetDelayedCaretData(0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aFrameSelection->SetMouseDownState(false);
|
|
aFrameSelection->StopAutoScrollTimer();
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP nsFrame::HandleRelease(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
nsGUIEvent* aEvent,
|
|
nsEventStatus* aEventStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aEvent->eventStructType != NS_MOUSE_EVENT) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* activeFrame = GetActiveSelectionFrame(aPresContext, this);
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> captureContent = nsIPresShell::GetCapturingContent();
|
|
|
|
// We can unconditionally stop capturing because
|
|
// we should never be capturing when the mouse button is up
|
|
nsIPresShell::SetCapturingContent(nullptr, 0);
|
|
|
|
bool selectionOff =
|
|
(DisplaySelection(aPresContext) == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF);
|
|
|
|
nsRefPtr<nsFrameSelection> frameselection;
|
|
ContentOffsets offsets;
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> parentContent;
|
|
PRInt32 contentOffsetForTableSel = 0;
|
|
PRInt32 targetForTableSel = 0;
|
|
bool handleTableSelection = true;
|
|
|
|
if (!selectionOff) {
|
|
frameselection = GetFrameSelection();
|
|
if (nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault != *aEventStatus && frameselection) {
|
|
// Check if the frameselection recorded the mouse going down.
|
|
// If not, the user must have clicked in a part of the selection.
|
|
// Place the caret before continuing!
|
|
|
|
bool mouseDown = frameselection->GetMouseDownState();
|
|
|
|
if (!mouseDown && frameselection->HasDelayedCaretData() &&
|
|
frameselection->GetClickCountInDelayedCaretData() < 2) {
|
|
nsPoint pt = nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(aEvent, this);
|
|
offsets = GetContentOffsetsFromPoint(pt, SKIP_HIDDEN);
|
|
handleTableSelection = false;
|
|
} else {
|
|
GetDataForTableSelection(frameselection, PresContext()->PresShell(),
|
|
(nsMouseEvent *)aEvent,
|
|
getter_AddRefs(parentContent),
|
|
&contentOffsetForTableSel,
|
|
&targetForTableSel);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We might be capturing in some other document and the event just happened to
|
|
// trickle down here. Make sure that document's frame selection is notified.
|
|
// Note, this may cause the current nsFrame object to be deleted, bug 336592.
|
|
nsRefPtr<nsFrameSelection> frameSelection;
|
|
if (activeFrame != this &&
|
|
static_cast<nsFrame*>(activeFrame)->DisplaySelection(activeFrame->PresContext())
|
|
!= nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF) {
|
|
frameSelection = activeFrame->GetFrameSelection();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Also check the selection of the capturing content which might be in a
|
|
// different document.
|
|
if (!frameSelection && captureContent) {
|
|
nsIDocument* doc = captureContent->GetCurrentDoc();
|
|
if (doc) {
|
|
nsIPresShell* capturingShell = doc->GetShell();
|
|
if (capturingShell && capturingShell != PresContext()->GetPresShell()) {
|
|
frameSelection = capturingShell->FrameSelection();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (frameSelection) {
|
|
frameSelection->SetMouseDownState(false);
|
|
frameSelection->StopAutoScrollTimer();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Do not call any methods of the current object after this point!!!
|
|
// The object is perhaps dead!
|
|
|
|
return selectionOff
|
|
? NS_OK
|
|
: HandleFrameSelection(frameselection, offsets, handleTableSelection,
|
|
contentOffsetForTableSel, targetForTableSel,
|
|
parentContent, aEvent, aEventStatus);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
struct NS_STACK_CLASS FrameContentRange {
|
|
FrameContentRange(nsIContent* aContent, PRInt32 aStart, PRInt32 aEnd) :
|
|
content(aContent), start(aStart), end(aEnd) { }
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content;
|
|
PRInt32 start;
|
|
PRInt32 end;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// Retrieve the content offsets of a frame
|
|
static FrameContentRange GetRangeForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame) {
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content, parent;
|
|
content = aFrame->GetContent();
|
|
if (!content) {
|
|
NS_WARNING("Frame has no content");
|
|
return FrameContentRange(nullptr, -1, -1);
|
|
}
|
|
nsIAtom* type = aFrame->GetType();
|
|
if (type == nsGkAtoms::textFrame) {
|
|
PRInt32 offset, offsetEnd;
|
|
aFrame->GetOffsets(offset, offsetEnd);
|
|
return FrameContentRange(content, offset, offsetEnd);
|
|
}
|
|
if (type == nsGkAtoms::brFrame) {
|
|
parent = content->GetParent();
|
|
PRInt32 beginOffset = parent->IndexOf(content);
|
|
return FrameContentRange(parent, beginOffset, beginOffset);
|
|
}
|
|
// Loop to deal with anonymous content, which has no index; this loop
|
|
// probably won't run more than twice under normal conditions
|
|
do {
|
|
parent = content->GetParent();
|
|
if (parent) {
|
|
PRInt32 beginOffset = parent->IndexOf(content);
|
|
if (beginOffset >= 0)
|
|
return FrameContentRange(parent, beginOffset, beginOffset + 1);
|
|
content = parent;
|
|
}
|
|
} while (parent);
|
|
|
|
// The root content node must act differently
|
|
return FrameContentRange(content, 0, content->GetChildCount());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The FrameTarget represents the closest frame to a point that can be selected
|
|
// The frame is the frame represented, frameEdge says whether one end of the
|
|
// frame is the result (in which case different handling is needed), and
|
|
// afterFrame says which end is repersented if frameEdge is true
|
|
struct FrameTarget {
|
|
FrameTarget(nsIFrame* aFrame, bool aFrameEdge, bool aAfterFrame,
|
|
bool aEmptyBlock = false) :
|
|
frame(aFrame), frameEdge(aFrameEdge), afterFrame(aAfterFrame),
|
|
emptyBlock(aEmptyBlock) { }
|
|
static FrameTarget Null() {
|
|
return FrameTarget(nullptr, false, false);
|
|
}
|
|
bool IsNull() {
|
|
return !frame;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* frame;
|
|
bool frameEdge;
|
|
bool afterFrame;
|
|
bool emptyBlock;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// See function implementation for information
|
|
static FrameTarget GetSelectionClosestFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsPoint aPoint,
|
|
PRUint32 aFlags);
|
|
|
|
static bool SelfIsSelectable(nsIFrame* aFrame, PRUint32 aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((aFlags & nsIFrame::SKIP_HIDDEN) &&
|
|
!aFrame->GetStyleVisibility()->IsVisible()) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
return !aFrame->IsGeneratedContentFrame() &&
|
|
aFrame->GetStyleUIReset()->mUserSelect != NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_NONE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool SelectionDescendToKids(nsIFrame* aFrame) {
|
|
PRUint8 style = aFrame->GetStyleUIReset()->mUserSelect;
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = aFrame->GetParent();
|
|
// If we are only near (not directly over) then don't traverse
|
|
// frames with independent selection (e.g. text and list controls)
|
|
// unless we're already inside such a frame (see bug 268497). Note that this
|
|
// prevents any of the users of this method from entering form controls.
|
|
// XXX We might want some way to allow using the up-arrow to go into a form
|
|
// control, but the focus didn't work right anyway; it'd probably be enough
|
|
// if the left and right arrows could enter textboxes (which I don't believe
|
|
// they can at the moment)
|
|
return !aFrame->IsGeneratedContentFrame() &&
|
|
style != NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_ALL &&
|
|
style != NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_NONE &&
|
|
((parent->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_INDEPENDENT_SELECTION) ||
|
|
!(aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_INDEPENDENT_SELECTION));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static FrameTarget GetSelectionClosestFrameForChild(nsIFrame* aChild,
|
|
nsPoint aPoint,
|
|
PRUint32 aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = aChild->GetParent();
|
|
if (SelectionDescendToKids(aChild)) {
|
|
nsPoint pt = aPoint - aChild->GetOffsetTo(parent);
|
|
return GetSelectionClosestFrame(aChild, pt, aFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
return FrameTarget(aChild, false, false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// When the cursor needs to be at the beginning of a block, it shouldn't be
|
|
// before the first child. A click on a block whose first child is a block
|
|
// should put the cursor in the child. The cursor shouldn't be between the
|
|
// blocks, because that's not where it's expected.
|
|
// Note that this method is guaranteed to succeed.
|
|
static FrameTarget DrillDownToSelectionFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
bool aEndFrame, PRUint32 aFlags) {
|
|
if (SelectionDescendToKids(aFrame)) {
|
|
nsIFrame* result = nullptr;
|
|
nsIFrame *frame = aFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild();
|
|
if (!aEndFrame) {
|
|
while (frame && (!SelfIsSelectable(frame, aFlags) ||
|
|
frame->IsEmpty()))
|
|
frame = frame->GetNextSibling();
|
|
if (frame)
|
|
result = frame;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Because the frame tree is singly linked, to find the last frame,
|
|
// we have to iterate through all the frames
|
|
// XXX I have a feeling this could be slow for long blocks, although
|
|
// I can't find any slowdowns
|
|
while (frame) {
|
|
if (!frame->IsEmpty() && SelfIsSelectable(frame, aFlags))
|
|
result = frame;
|
|
frame = frame->GetNextSibling();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (result)
|
|
return DrillDownToSelectionFrame(result, aEndFrame, aFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
// If the current frame has no targetable children, target the current frame
|
|
return FrameTarget(aFrame, true, aEndFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This method finds the closest valid FrameTarget on a given line; if there is
|
|
// no valid FrameTarget on the line, it returns a null FrameTarget
|
|
static FrameTarget GetSelectionClosestFrameForLine(
|
|
nsBlockFrame* aParent,
|
|
nsBlockFrame::line_iterator aLine,
|
|
nsPoint aPoint,
|
|
PRUint32 aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame *frame = aLine->mFirstChild;
|
|
// Account for end of lines (any iterator from the block is valid)
|
|
if (aLine == aParent->end_lines())
|
|
return DrillDownToSelectionFrame(aParent, true, aFlags);
|
|
nsIFrame *closestFromLeft = nullptr, *closestFromRight = nullptr;
|
|
nsRect rect = aLine->mBounds;
|
|
nscoord closestLeft = rect.x, closestRight = rect.XMost();
|
|
for (PRInt32 n = aLine->GetChildCount(); n;
|
|
--n, frame = frame->GetNextSibling()) {
|
|
if (!SelfIsSelectable(frame, aFlags) || frame->IsEmpty())
|
|
continue;
|
|
nsRect frameRect = frame->GetRect();
|
|
if (aPoint.x >= frameRect.x) {
|
|
if (aPoint.x < frameRect.XMost()) {
|
|
return GetSelectionClosestFrameForChild(frame, aPoint, aFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
if (frameRect.XMost() >= closestLeft) {
|
|
closestFromLeft = frame;
|
|
closestLeft = frameRect.XMost();
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (frameRect.x <= closestRight) {
|
|
closestFromRight = frame;
|
|
closestRight = frameRect.x;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (!closestFromLeft && !closestFromRight) {
|
|
// We should only get here if there are no selectable frames on a line
|
|
// XXX Do we need more elaborate handling here?
|
|
return FrameTarget::Null();
|
|
}
|
|
if (closestFromLeft &&
|
|
(!closestFromRight ||
|
|
(abs(aPoint.x - closestLeft) <= abs(aPoint.x - closestRight)))) {
|
|
return GetSelectionClosestFrameForChild(closestFromLeft, aPoint, aFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
return GetSelectionClosestFrameForChild(closestFromRight, aPoint, aFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This method is for the special handling we do for block frames; they're
|
|
// special because they represent paragraphs and because they are organized
|
|
// into lines, which have bounds that are not stored elsewhere in the
|
|
// frame tree. Returns a null FrameTarget for frames which are not
|
|
// blocks or blocks with no lines except editable one.
|
|
static FrameTarget GetSelectionClosestFrameForBlock(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsPoint aPoint,
|
|
PRUint32 aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
nsBlockFrame* bf = nsLayoutUtils::GetAsBlock(aFrame); // used only for QI
|
|
if (!bf)
|
|
return FrameTarget::Null();
|
|
|
|
// This code searches for the correct line
|
|
nsBlockFrame::line_iterator firstLine = bf->begin_lines();
|
|
nsBlockFrame::line_iterator end = bf->end_lines();
|
|
if (firstLine == end) {
|
|
nsIContent *blockContent = aFrame->GetContent();
|
|
if (blockContent && blockContent->IsEditable()) {
|
|
// If the frame is ediable empty block, we should return it with empty
|
|
// flag.
|
|
return FrameTarget(aFrame, false, false, true);
|
|
}
|
|
return FrameTarget::Null();
|
|
}
|
|
nsBlockFrame::line_iterator curLine = firstLine;
|
|
nsBlockFrame::line_iterator closestLine = end;
|
|
while (curLine != end) {
|
|
// Check to see if our point lies with the line's Y bounds
|
|
nscoord y = aPoint.y - curLine->mBounds.y;
|
|
nscoord height = curLine->mBounds.height;
|
|
if (y >= 0 && y < height) {
|
|
closestLine = curLine;
|
|
break; // We found the line; stop looking
|
|
}
|
|
if (y < 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
++curLine;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (closestLine == end) {
|
|
nsBlockFrame::line_iterator prevLine = curLine.prev();
|
|
nsBlockFrame::line_iterator nextLine = curLine;
|
|
// Avoid empty lines
|
|
while (nextLine != end && nextLine->IsEmpty())
|
|
++nextLine;
|
|
while (prevLine != end && prevLine->IsEmpty())
|
|
--prevLine;
|
|
|
|
// This hidden pref dictates whether a point above or below all lines comes
|
|
// up with a line or the beginning or end of the frame; 0 on Windows,
|
|
// 1 on other platforms by default at the writing of this code
|
|
PRInt32 dragOutOfFrame =
|
|
Preferences::GetInt("browser.drag_out_of_frame_style");
|
|
|
|
if (prevLine == end) {
|
|
if (dragOutOfFrame == 1 || nextLine == end)
|
|
return DrillDownToSelectionFrame(aFrame, false, aFlags);
|
|
closestLine = nextLine;
|
|
} else if (nextLine == end) {
|
|
if (dragOutOfFrame == 1)
|
|
return DrillDownToSelectionFrame(aFrame, true, aFlags);
|
|
closestLine = prevLine;
|
|
} else { // Figure out which line is closer
|
|
if (aPoint.y - prevLine->mBounds.YMost() < nextLine->mBounds.y - aPoint.y)
|
|
closestLine = prevLine;
|
|
else
|
|
closestLine = nextLine;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
do {
|
|
FrameTarget target = GetSelectionClosestFrameForLine(bf, closestLine,
|
|
aPoint, aFlags);
|
|
if (!target.IsNull())
|
|
return target;
|
|
++closestLine;
|
|
} while (closestLine != end);
|
|
// Fall back to just targeting the last targetable place
|
|
return DrillDownToSelectionFrame(aFrame, true, aFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetSelectionClosestFrame is the helper function that calculates the closest
|
|
// frame to the given point.
|
|
// It doesn't completely account for offset styles, so needs to be used in
|
|
// restricted environments.
|
|
// Cannot handle overlapping frames correctly, so it should receive the output
|
|
// of GetFrameForPoint
|
|
// Guaranteed to return a valid FrameTarget
|
|
static FrameTarget GetSelectionClosestFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsPoint aPoint,
|
|
PRUint32 aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
{
|
|
// Handle blocks; if the frame isn't a block, the method fails
|
|
FrameTarget target = GetSelectionClosestFrameForBlock(aFrame, aPoint, aFlags);
|
|
if (!target.IsNull())
|
|
return target;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame *kid = aFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild();
|
|
|
|
if (kid) {
|
|
// Go through all the child frames to find the closest one
|
|
|
|
// Large number to force the comparison to succeed
|
|
const nscoord HUGE_DISTANCE = nscoord_MAX;
|
|
nscoord closestXDistance = HUGE_DISTANCE;
|
|
nscoord closestYDistance = HUGE_DISTANCE;
|
|
nsIFrame *closestFrame = nullptr;
|
|
|
|
for (; kid; kid = kid->GetNextSibling()) {
|
|
if (!SelfIsSelectable(kid, aFlags) || kid->IsEmpty())
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
nsRect rect = kid->GetRect();
|
|
|
|
nscoord fromLeft = aPoint.x - rect.x;
|
|
nscoord fromRight = aPoint.x - rect.XMost();
|
|
|
|
nscoord xDistance;
|
|
if (fromLeft >= 0 && fromRight <= 0) {
|
|
xDistance = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
xDistance = NS_MIN(abs(fromLeft), abs(fromRight));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (xDistance <= closestXDistance)
|
|
{
|
|
if (xDistance < closestXDistance)
|
|
closestYDistance = HUGE_DISTANCE;
|
|
|
|
nscoord fromTop = aPoint.y - rect.y;
|
|
nscoord fromBottom = aPoint.y - rect.YMost();
|
|
|
|
nscoord yDistance;
|
|
if (fromTop >= 0 && fromBottom <= 0)
|
|
yDistance = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
yDistance = NS_MIN(abs(fromTop), abs(fromBottom));
|
|
|
|
if (yDistance < closestYDistance)
|
|
{
|
|
closestXDistance = xDistance;
|
|
closestYDistance = yDistance;
|
|
closestFrame = kid;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (closestFrame)
|
|
return GetSelectionClosestFrameForChild(closestFrame, aPoint, aFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
return FrameTarget(aFrame, false, false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::ContentOffsets OffsetsForSingleFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsPoint aPoint)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame::ContentOffsets offsets;
|
|
FrameContentRange range = GetRangeForFrame(aFrame);
|
|
offsets.content = range.content;
|
|
// If there are continuations (meaning it's not one rectangle), this is the
|
|
// best this function can do
|
|
if (aFrame->GetNextContinuation() || aFrame->GetPrevContinuation()) {
|
|
offsets.offset = range.start;
|
|
offsets.secondaryOffset = range.end;
|
|
offsets.associateWithNext = true;
|
|
return offsets;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Figure out whether the offsets should be over, after, or before the frame
|
|
nsRect rect(nsPoint(0, 0), aFrame->GetSize());
|
|
|
|
bool isBlock = aFrame->GetDisplay() != NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_INLINE;
|
|
bool isRtl = (aFrame->GetStyleVisibility()->mDirection == NS_STYLE_DIRECTION_RTL);
|
|
if ((isBlock && rect.y < aPoint.y) ||
|
|
(!isBlock && ((isRtl && rect.x + rect.width / 2 > aPoint.x) ||
|
|
(!isRtl && rect.x + rect.width / 2 < aPoint.x)))) {
|
|
offsets.offset = range.end;
|
|
if (rect.Contains(aPoint))
|
|
offsets.secondaryOffset = range.start;
|
|
else
|
|
offsets.secondaryOffset = range.end;
|
|
} else {
|
|
offsets.offset = range.start;
|
|
if (rect.Contains(aPoint))
|
|
offsets.secondaryOffset = range.end;
|
|
else
|
|
offsets.secondaryOffset = range.start;
|
|
}
|
|
offsets.associateWithNext = (offsets.offset == range.start);
|
|
return offsets;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsIFrame* AdjustFrameForSelectionStyles(nsIFrame* aFrame) {
|
|
nsIFrame* adjustedFrame = aFrame;
|
|
for (nsIFrame* frame = aFrame; frame; frame = frame->GetParent())
|
|
{
|
|
// These are the conditions that make all children not able to handle
|
|
// a cursor.
|
|
if (frame->GetStyleUIReset()->mUserSelect == NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_NONE ||
|
|
frame->GetStyleUIReset()->mUserSelect == NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_ALL ||
|
|
frame->IsGeneratedContentFrame()) {
|
|
adjustedFrame = frame;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return adjustedFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::ContentOffsets nsIFrame::GetContentOffsetsFromPoint(nsPoint aPoint,
|
|
PRUint32 aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame *adjustedFrame;
|
|
if (aFlags & IGNORE_SELECTION_STYLE) {
|
|
adjustedFrame = this;
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
// This section of code deals with special selection styles. Note that
|
|
// -moz-none and -moz-all exist, even though they don't need to be explicitly
|
|
// handled.
|
|
// The offset is forced not to end up in generated content; content offsets
|
|
// cannot represent content outside of the document's content tree.
|
|
|
|
adjustedFrame = AdjustFrameForSelectionStyles(this);
|
|
|
|
// -moz-user-select: all needs special handling, because clicking on it
|
|
// should lead to the whole frame being selected
|
|
if (adjustedFrame && adjustedFrame->GetStyleUIReset()->mUserSelect ==
|
|
NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_ALL) {
|
|
return OffsetsForSingleFrame(adjustedFrame, aPoint +
|
|
this->GetOffsetTo(adjustedFrame));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// For other cases, try to find a closest frame starting from the parent of
|
|
// the unselectable frame
|
|
if (adjustedFrame != this)
|
|
adjustedFrame = adjustedFrame->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint adjustedPoint = aPoint + this->GetOffsetTo(adjustedFrame);
|
|
|
|
FrameTarget closest =
|
|
GetSelectionClosestFrame(adjustedFrame, adjustedPoint, aFlags);
|
|
|
|
if (closest.emptyBlock) {
|
|
ContentOffsets offsets;
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(closest.frame,
|
|
"closest.frame must not be null when it's empty");
|
|
offsets.content = closest.frame->GetContent();
|
|
offsets.offset = 0;
|
|
offsets.secondaryOffset = 0;
|
|
offsets.associateWithNext = true;
|
|
return offsets;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the correct offset is at one end of a frame, use offset-based
|
|
// calculation method
|
|
if (closest.frameEdge) {
|
|
ContentOffsets offsets;
|
|
FrameContentRange range = GetRangeForFrame(closest.frame);
|
|
offsets.content = range.content;
|
|
if (closest.afterFrame)
|
|
offsets.offset = range.end;
|
|
else
|
|
offsets.offset = range.start;
|
|
offsets.secondaryOffset = offsets.offset;
|
|
offsets.associateWithNext = (offsets.offset == range.start);
|
|
return offsets;
|
|
}
|
|
nsPoint pt = aPoint - closest.frame->GetOffsetTo(this);
|
|
return static_cast<nsFrame*>(closest.frame)->CalcContentOffsetsFromFramePoint(pt);
|
|
|
|
// XXX should I add some kind of offset standardization?
|
|
// consider <b>xxxxx</b><i>zzzzz</i>; should any click between the last
|
|
// x and first z put the cursor in the same logical position in addition
|
|
// to the same visual position?
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::ContentOffsets nsFrame::CalcContentOffsetsFromFramePoint(nsPoint aPoint)
|
|
{
|
|
return OffsetsForSingleFrame(this, aPoint);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::GetCursor(const nsPoint& aPoint,
|
|
nsIFrame::Cursor& aCursor)
|
|
{
|
|
FillCursorInformationFromStyle(GetStyleUserInterface(), aCursor);
|
|
if (NS_STYLE_CURSOR_AUTO == aCursor.mCursor) {
|
|
aCursor.mCursor = NS_STYLE_CURSOR_DEFAULT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Resize and incremental reflow
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ void
|
|
nsFrame::MarkIntrinsicWidthsDirty()
|
|
{
|
|
// This version is meant only for what used to be box-to-block adaptors.
|
|
// It should not be called by other derived classes.
|
|
if (IsBoxWrapped()) {
|
|
nsBoxLayoutMetrics *metrics = BoxMetrics();
|
|
|
|
SizeNeedsRecalc(metrics->mPrefSize);
|
|
SizeNeedsRecalc(metrics->mMinSize);
|
|
SizeNeedsRecalc(metrics->mMaxSize);
|
|
SizeNeedsRecalc(metrics->mBlockPrefSize);
|
|
SizeNeedsRecalc(metrics->mBlockMinSize);
|
|
CoordNeedsRecalc(metrics->mFlex);
|
|
CoordNeedsRecalc(metrics->mAscent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_FONT_INFLATION_FLOW_ROOT) {
|
|
nsFontInflationData::MarkFontInflationDataTextDirty(this);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ nscoord
|
|
nsFrame::GetMinWidth(nsRenderingContext *aRenderingContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nscoord result = 0;
|
|
DISPLAY_MIN_WIDTH(this, result);
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ nscoord
|
|
nsFrame::GetPrefWidth(nsRenderingContext *aRenderingContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nscoord result = 0;
|
|
DISPLAY_PREF_WIDTH(this, result);
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ void
|
|
nsFrame::AddInlineMinWidth(nsRenderingContext *aRenderingContext,
|
|
nsIFrame::InlineMinWidthData *aData)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(GetParent(), "Must have a parent if we get here!");
|
|
bool canBreak = !CanContinueTextRun() &&
|
|
GetParent()->GetStyleText()->WhiteSpaceCanWrap();
|
|
|
|
if (canBreak)
|
|
aData->OptionallyBreak(aRenderingContext);
|
|
aData->trailingWhitespace = 0;
|
|
aData->skipWhitespace = false;
|
|
aData->trailingTextFrame = nullptr;
|
|
aData->currentLine += nsLayoutUtils::IntrinsicForContainer(aRenderingContext,
|
|
this, nsLayoutUtils::MIN_WIDTH);
|
|
aData->atStartOfLine = false;
|
|
if (canBreak)
|
|
aData->OptionallyBreak(aRenderingContext);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ void
|
|
nsFrame::AddInlinePrefWidth(nsRenderingContext *aRenderingContext,
|
|
nsIFrame::InlinePrefWidthData *aData)
|
|
{
|
|
aData->trailingWhitespace = 0;
|
|
aData->skipWhitespace = false;
|
|
nscoord myPref = nsLayoutUtils::IntrinsicForContainer(aRenderingContext,
|
|
this, nsLayoutUtils::PREF_WIDTH);
|
|
aData->currentLine = NSCoordSaturatingAdd(aData->currentLine, myPref);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::InlineMinWidthData::ForceBreak(nsRenderingContext *aRenderingContext)
|
|
{
|
|
currentLine -= trailingWhitespace;
|
|
prevLines = NS_MAX(prevLines, currentLine);
|
|
currentLine = trailingWhitespace = 0;
|
|
|
|
for (PRUint32 i = 0, i_end = floats.Length(); i != i_end; ++i) {
|
|
nsIFrame *floatFrame = floats[i];
|
|
nscoord float_min =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IntrinsicForContainer(aRenderingContext, floatFrame,
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::MIN_WIDTH);
|
|
if (float_min > prevLines)
|
|
prevLines = float_min;
|
|
}
|
|
floats.Clear();
|
|
trailingTextFrame = nullptr;
|
|
skipWhitespace = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::InlineMinWidthData::OptionallyBreak(nsRenderingContext *aRenderingContext,
|
|
nscoord aHyphenWidth)
|
|
{
|
|
trailingTextFrame = nullptr;
|
|
|
|
// If we can fit more content into a smaller width by staying on this
|
|
// line (because we're still at a negative offset due to negative
|
|
// text-indent or negative margin), don't break. Otherwise, do the
|
|
// same as ForceBreak. it doesn't really matter when we accumulate
|
|
// floats.
|
|
if (currentLine + aHyphenWidth < 0 || atStartOfLine)
|
|
return;
|
|
currentLine += aHyphenWidth;
|
|
ForceBreak(aRenderingContext);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::InlinePrefWidthData::ForceBreak(nsRenderingContext *aRenderingContext)
|
|
{
|
|
if (floats.Length() != 0) {
|
|
// preferred widths accumulated for floats that have already
|
|
// been cleared past
|
|
nscoord floats_done = 0,
|
|
// preferred widths accumulated for floats that have not yet
|
|
// been cleared past
|
|
floats_cur_left = 0,
|
|
floats_cur_right = 0;
|
|
|
|
for (PRUint32 i = 0, i_end = floats.Length(); i != i_end; ++i) {
|
|
nsIFrame *floatFrame = floats[i];
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay *floatDisp = floatFrame->GetStyleDisplay();
|
|
if (floatDisp->mBreakType == NS_STYLE_CLEAR_LEFT ||
|
|
floatDisp->mBreakType == NS_STYLE_CLEAR_RIGHT ||
|
|
floatDisp->mBreakType == NS_STYLE_CLEAR_LEFT_AND_RIGHT) {
|
|
nscoord floats_cur = NSCoordSaturatingAdd(floats_cur_left,
|
|
floats_cur_right);
|
|
if (floats_cur > floats_done)
|
|
floats_done = floats_cur;
|
|
if (floatDisp->mBreakType != NS_STYLE_CLEAR_RIGHT)
|
|
floats_cur_left = 0;
|
|
if (floatDisp->mBreakType != NS_STYLE_CLEAR_LEFT)
|
|
floats_cur_right = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord &floats_cur = floatDisp->mFloats == NS_STYLE_FLOAT_LEFT
|
|
? floats_cur_left : floats_cur_right;
|
|
nscoord floatWidth =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IntrinsicForContainer(aRenderingContext,
|
|
floatFrame,
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::PREF_WIDTH);
|
|
// Negative-width floats don't change the available space so they
|
|
// shouldn't change our intrinsic line width either.
|
|
floats_cur =
|
|
NSCoordSaturatingAdd(floats_cur, NS_MAX(0, floatWidth));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord floats_cur =
|
|
NSCoordSaturatingAdd(floats_cur_left, floats_cur_right);
|
|
if (floats_cur > floats_done)
|
|
floats_done = floats_cur;
|
|
|
|
currentLine = NSCoordSaturatingAdd(currentLine, floats_done);
|
|
|
|
floats.Clear();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
currentLine =
|
|
NSCoordSaturatingSubtract(currentLine, trailingWhitespace, nscoord_MAX);
|
|
prevLines = NS_MAX(prevLines, currentLine);
|
|
currentLine = trailingWhitespace = 0;
|
|
skipWhitespace = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
AddCoord(const nsStyleCoord& aStyle,
|
|
nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nscoord* aCoord, float* aPercent,
|
|
bool aClampNegativeToZero)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (aStyle.GetUnit()) {
|
|
case eStyleUnit_Coord: {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!aClampNegativeToZero || aStyle.GetCoordValue() >= 0,
|
|
"unexpected negative value");
|
|
*aCoord += aStyle.GetCoordValue();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
case eStyleUnit_Percent: {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!aClampNegativeToZero || aStyle.GetPercentValue() >= 0.0f,
|
|
"unexpected negative value");
|
|
*aPercent += aStyle.GetPercentValue();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
case eStyleUnit_Calc: {
|
|
const nsStyleCoord::Calc *calc = aStyle.GetCalcValue();
|
|
if (aClampNegativeToZero) {
|
|
// This is far from ideal when one is negative and one is positive.
|
|
*aCoord += NS_MAX(calc->mLength, 0);
|
|
*aPercent += NS_MAX(calc->mPercent, 0.0f);
|
|
} else {
|
|
*aCoord += calc->mLength;
|
|
*aPercent += calc->mPercent;
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
default: {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ nsIFrame::IntrinsicWidthOffsetData
|
|
nsFrame::IntrinsicWidthOffsets(nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext)
|
|
{
|
|
IntrinsicWidthOffsetData result;
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleMargin *styleMargin = GetStyleMargin();
|
|
AddCoord(styleMargin->mMargin.GetLeft(), aRenderingContext, this,
|
|
&result.hMargin, &result.hPctMargin, false);
|
|
AddCoord(styleMargin->mMargin.GetRight(), aRenderingContext, this,
|
|
&result.hMargin, &result.hPctMargin, false);
|
|
|
|
const nsStylePadding *stylePadding = GetStylePadding();
|
|
AddCoord(stylePadding->mPadding.GetLeft(), aRenderingContext, this,
|
|
&result.hPadding, &result.hPctPadding, true);
|
|
AddCoord(stylePadding->mPadding.GetRight(), aRenderingContext, this,
|
|
&result.hPadding, &result.hPctPadding, true);
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleBorder *styleBorder = GetStyleBorder();
|
|
result.hBorder += styleBorder->GetComputedBorderWidth(NS_SIDE_LEFT);
|
|
result.hBorder += styleBorder->GetComputedBorderWidth(NS_SIDE_RIGHT);
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay *disp = GetStyleDisplay();
|
|
if (IsThemed(disp)) {
|
|
nsPresContext *presContext = PresContext();
|
|
|
|
nsIntMargin border;
|
|
presContext->GetTheme()->GetWidgetBorder(presContext->DeviceContext(),
|
|
this, disp->mAppearance,
|
|
&border);
|
|
result.hBorder = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(border.LeftRight());
|
|
|
|
nsIntMargin padding;
|
|
if (presContext->GetTheme()->GetWidgetPadding(presContext->DeviceContext(),
|
|
this, disp->mAppearance,
|
|
&padding)) {
|
|
result.hPadding = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(padding.LeftRight());
|
|
result.hPctPadding = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ nsIFrame::IntrinsicSize
|
|
nsFrame::GetIntrinsicSize()
|
|
{
|
|
return IntrinsicSize(); // default is width/height set to eStyleUnit_None
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ nsSize
|
|
nsFrame::GetIntrinsicRatio()
|
|
{
|
|
return nsSize(0, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ nsSize
|
|
nsFrame::ComputeSize(nsRenderingContext *aRenderingContext,
|
|
nsSize aCBSize, nscoord aAvailableWidth,
|
|
nsSize aMargin, nsSize aBorder, nsSize aPadding,
|
|
PRUint32 aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
nsSize result = ComputeAutoSize(aRenderingContext, aCBSize, aAvailableWidth,
|
|
aMargin, aBorder, aPadding,
|
|
aFlags & eShrinkWrap);
|
|
nsSize boxSizingAdjust(0,0);
|
|
const nsStylePosition *stylePos = GetStylePosition();
|
|
|
|
switch (stylePos->mBoxSizing) {
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BOX_SIZING_BORDER:
|
|
boxSizingAdjust += aBorder;
|
|
// fall through
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BOX_SIZING_PADDING:
|
|
boxSizingAdjust += aPadding;
|
|
}
|
|
nscoord boxSizingToMarginEdgeWidth =
|
|
aMargin.width + aBorder.width + aPadding.width - boxSizingAdjust.width;
|
|
|
|
// Compute width
|
|
|
|
if (stylePos->mWidth.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|
result.width =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeWidthValue(aRenderingContext, this,
|
|
aCBSize.width, boxSizingAdjust.width, boxSizingToMarginEdgeWidth,
|
|
stylePos->mWidth);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (stylePos->mMaxWidth.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_None) {
|
|
nscoord maxWidth =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeWidthValue(aRenderingContext, this,
|
|
aCBSize.width, boxSizingAdjust.width, boxSizingToMarginEdgeWidth,
|
|
stylePos->mMaxWidth);
|
|
if (maxWidth < result.width)
|
|
result.width = maxWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord minWidth =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeWidthValue(aRenderingContext, this,
|
|
aCBSize.width, boxSizingAdjust.width, boxSizingToMarginEdgeWidth,
|
|
stylePos->mMinWidth);
|
|
if (minWidth > result.width)
|
|
result.width = minWidth;
|
|
|
|
// Compute height
|
|
|
|
if (!nsLayoutUtils::IsAutoHeight(stylePos->mHeight, aCBSize.height)) {
|
|
result.height =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeHeightValue(aCBSize.height, stylePos->mHeight) -
|
|
boxSizingAdjust.height;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (result.height != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE) {
|
|
if (!nsLayoutUtils::IsAutoHeight(stylePos->mMaxHeight, aCBSize.height)) {
|
|
nscoord maxHeight =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeHeightValue(aCBSize.height, stylePos->mMaxHeight) -
|
|
boxSizingAdjust.height;
|
|
if (maxHeight < result.height)
|
|
result.height = maxHeight;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!nsLayoutUtils::IsAutoHeight(stylePos->mMinHeight, aCBSize.height)) {
|
|
nscoord minHeight =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeHeightValue(aCBSize.height, stylePos->mMinHeight) -
|
|
boxSizingAdjust.height;
|
|
if (minHeight > result.height)
|
|
result.height = minHeight;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay *disp = GetStyleDisplay();
|
|
if (IsThemed(disp)) {
|
|
nsIntSize widget(0, 0);
|
|
bool canOverride = true;
|
|
nsPresContext *presContext = PresContext();
|
|
presContext->GetTheme()->
|
|
GetMinimumWidgetSize(aRenderingContext, this, disp->mAppearance,
|
|
&widget, &canOverride);
|
|
|
|
nsSize size;
|
|
size.width = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(widget.width);
|
|
size.height = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(widget.height);
|
|
|
|
// GMWS() returns border-box; we need content-box
|
|
size.width -= aBorder.width + aPadding.width;
|
|
size.height -= aBorder.height + aPadding.height;
|
|
|
|
if (size.height > result.height || !canOverride)
|
|
result.height = size.height;
|
|
if (size.width > result.width || !canOverride)
|
|
result.width = size.width;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (result.width < 0)
|
|
result.width = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (result.height < 0)
|
|
result.height = 0;
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsIFrame::ComputeTightBounds(gfxContext* aContext) const
|
|
{
|
|
return GetVisualOverflowRect();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsFrame::ComputeSimpleTightBounds(gfxContext* aContext) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (GetStyleOutline()->GetOutlineStyle() != NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE ||
|
|
GetStyleBorder()->HasBorder() || !GetStyleBackground()->IsTransparent() ||
|
|
GetStyleDisplay()->mAppearance) {
|
|
// Not necessarily tight, due to clipping, negative
|
|
// outline-offset, and lots of other issues, but that's OK
|
|
return GetVisualOverflowRect();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect r(0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
ChildListIterator lists(this);
|
|
for (; !lists.IsDone(); lists.Next()) {
|
|
nsFrameList::Enumerator childFrames(lists.CurrentList());
|
|
for (; !childFrames.AtEnd(); childFrames.Next()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* child = childFrames.get();
|
|
r.UnionRect(r, child->ComputeTightBounds(aContext) + child->GetPosition());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return r;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ nsSize
|
|
nsFrame::ComputeAutoSize(nsRenderingContext *aRenderingContext,
|
|
nsSize aCBSize, nscoord aAvailableWidth,
|
|
nsSize aMargin, nsSize aBorder, nsSize aPadding,
|
|
bool aShrinkWrap)
|
|
{
|
|
// Use basic shrink-wrapping as a default implementation.
|
|
nsSize result(0xdeadbeef, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
|
|
// don't bother setting it if the result won't be used
|
|
if (GetStylePosition()->mWidth.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|
nscoord availBased = aAvailableWidth - aMargin.width - aBorder.width -
|
|
aPadding.width;
|
|
result.width = ShrinkWidthToFit(aRenderingContext, availBased);
|
|
}
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord
|
|
nsFrame::ShrinkWidthToFit(nsRenderingContext *aRenderingContext,
|
|
nscoord aWidthInCB)
|
|
{
|
|
// If we're a container for font size inflation, then shrink
|
|
// wrapping inside of us should not apply font size inflation.
|
|
AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation an(this);
|
|
|
|
nscoord result;
|
|
nscoord minWidth = GetMinWidth(aRenderingContext);
|
|
if (minWidth > aWidthInCB) {
|
|
result = minWidth;
|
|
} else {
|
|
nscoord prefWidth = GetPrefWidth(aRenderingContext);
|
|
if (prefWidth > aWidthInCB) {
|
|
result = aWidthInCB;
|
|
} else {
|
|
result = prefWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::WillReflow(nsPresContext* aPresContext)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_dbaron_off
|
|
// bug 81268
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!(mState & NS_FRAME_IN_REFLOW),
|
|
"nsFrame::WillReflow: frame is already in reflow");
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
NS_FRAME_TRACE_MSG(NS_FRAME_TRACE_CALLS,
|
|
("WillReflow: oldState=%x", mState));
|
|
mState |= NS_FRAME_IN_REFLOW;
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::DidReflow(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
const nsHTMLReflowState* aReflowState,
|
|
nsDidReflowStatus aStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_FRAME_TRACE_MSG(NS_FRAME_TRACE_CALLS,
|
|
("nsFrame::DidReflow: aStatus=%d", aStatus));
|
|
|
|
if (NS_FRAME_REFLOW_FINISHED == aStatus) {
|
|
mState &= ~(NS_FRAME_IN_REFLOW | NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW | NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY |
|
|
NS_FRAME_HAS_DIRTY_CHILDREN);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Notify the percent height observer if there is a percent height.
|
|
// The observer may be able to initiate another reflow with a computed
|
|
// height. This happens in the case where a table cell has no computed
|
|
// height but can fabricate one when the cell height is known.
|
|
if (aReflowState && aReflowState->mPercentHeightObserver &&
|
|
!GetPrevInFlow()) {
|
|
const nsStyleCoord &height = aReflowState->mStylePosition->mHeight;
|
|
if (height.HasPercent()) {
|
|
aReflowState->mPercentHeightObserver->NotifyPercentHeight(*aReflowState);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::FinishReflowWithAbsoluteFrames(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
nsHTMLReflowMetrics& aDesiredSize,
|
|
const nsHTMLReflowState& aReflowState,
|
|
nsReflowStatus& aStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
ReflowAbsoluteFrames(aPresContext, aDesiredSize, aReflowState, aStatus);
|
|
|
|
FinishAndStoreOverflow(&aDesiredSize);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::DestroyAbsoluteFrames(nsIFrame* aDestructRoot)
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsAbsoluteContainer()) {
|
|
GetAbsoluteContainingBlock()->DestroyFrames(this, aDestructRoot);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::ReflowAbsoluteFrames(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
nsHTMLReflowMetrics& aDesiredSize,
|
|
const nsHTMLReflowState& aReflowState,
|
|
nsReflowStatus& aStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
if (HasAbsolutelyPositionedChildren()) {
|
|
nsAbsoluteContainingBlock* absoluteContainer = GetAbsoluteContainingBlock();
|
|
|
|
// Let the absolutely positioned container reflow any absolutely positioned
|
|
// child frames that need to be reflowed
|
|
|
|
// The containing block for the abs pos kids is formed by our padding edge.
|
|
nsMargin computedBorder =
|
|
aReflowState.mComputedBorderPadding - aReflowState.mComputedPadding;
|
|
nscoord containingBlockWidth =
|
|
aDesiredSize.width - computedBorder.LeftRight();
|
|
nscoord containingBlockHeight =
|
|
aDesiredSize.height - computedBorder.TopBottom();
|
|
|
|
nsContainerFrame* container = do_QueryFrame(this);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(container, "Abs-pos children only supported on container frames for now");
|
|
|
|
absoluteContainer->Reflow(container, aPresContext, aReflowState, aStatus,
|
|
containingBlockWidth, containingBlockHeight,
|
|
true, true, true, // XXX could be optimized
|
|
&aDesiredSize.mOverflowAreas);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ bool
|
|
nsFrame::CanContinueTextRun() const
|
|
{
|
|
// By default, a frame will *not* allow a text run to be continued
|
|
// through it.
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::Reflow(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
nsHTMLReflowMetrics& aDesiredSize,
|
|
const nsHTMLReflowState& aReflowState,
|
|
nsReflowStatus& aStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
DO_GLOBAL_REFLOW_COUNT("nsFrame");
|
|
aDesiredSize.width = 0;
|
|
aDesiredSize.height = 0;
|
|
aStatus = NS_FRAME_COMPLETE;
|
|
NS_FRAME_SET_TRUNCATION(aStatus, aReflowState, aDesiredSize);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::CharacterDataChanged(CharacterDataChangeInfo* aInfo)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("should only be called for text frames");
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::AttributeChanged(PRInt32 aNameSpaceID,
|
|
nsIAtom* aAttribute,
|
|
PRInt32 aModType)
|
|
{
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Flow member functions
|
|
|
|
nsSplittableType
|
|
nsFrame::GetSplittableType() const
|
|
{
|
|
return NS_FRAME_NOT_SPLITTABLE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* nsFrame::GetPrevContinuation() const
|
|
{
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP nsFrame::SetPrevContinuation(nsIFrame* aPrevContinuation)
|
|
{
|
|
// Ignore harmless requests to set it to NULL
|
|
if (aPrevContinuation) {
|
|
NS_ERROR("not splittable");
|
|
return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* nsFrame::GetNextContinuation() const
|
|
{
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP nsFrame::SetNextContinuation(nsIFrame*)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ERROR("not splittable");
|
|
return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* nsFrame::GetPrevInFlowVirtual() const
|
|
{
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP nsFrame::SetPrevInFlow(nsIFrame* aPrevInFlow)
|
|
{
|
|
// Ignore harmless requests to set it to NULL
|
|
if (aPrevInFlow) {
|
|
NS_ERROR("not splittable");
|
|
return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* nsFrame::GetNextInFlowVirtual() const
|
|
{
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP nsFrame::SetNextInFlow(nsIFrame*)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ERROR("not splittable");
|
|
return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* nsIFrame::GetTailContinuation()
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = this;
|
|
while (frame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_OVERFLOW_CONTAINER) {
|
|
frame = frame->GetPrevContinuation();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(frame, "first continuation can't be overflow container");
|
|
}
|
|
for (nsIFrame* next = frame->GetNextContinuation();
|
|
next && !(next->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_OVERFLOW_CONTAINER);
|
|
next = frame->GetNextContinuation()) {
|
|
frame = next;
|
|
}
|
|
NS_POSTCONDITION(frame, "illegal state in continuation chain.");
|
|
return frame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_DECLARE_FRAME_PROPERTY(ViewProperty, nullptr)
|
|
|
|
// Associated view object
|
|
nsIView*
|
|
nsIFrame::GetView() const
|
|
{
|
|
// Check the frame state bit and see if the frame has a view
|
|
if (!(GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_HAS_VIEW))
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
|
|
// Check for a property on the frame
|
|
void* value = Properties().Get(ViewProperty());
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(value, "frame state bit was set but frame has no view");
|
|
return static_cast<nsIView*>(value);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ nsIView*
|
|
nsIFrame::GetViewExternal() const
|
|
{
|
|
return GetView();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsIFrame::SetView(nsIView* aView)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aView) {
|
|
aView->SetFrame(this);
|
|
|
|
// Set a property on the frame
|
|
Properties().Set(ViewProperty(), aView);
|
|
|
|
// Set the frame state bit that says the frame has a view
|
|
AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_VIEW);
|
|
|
|
// Let all of the ancestors know they have a descendant with a view.
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = GetParent();
|
|
f && !(f->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_HAS_CHILD_WITH_VIEW);
|
|
f = f->GetParent())
|
|
f->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_CHILD_WITH_VIEW);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* nsIFrame::GetAncestorWithViewExternal() const
|
|
{
|
|
return GetAncestorWithView();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Find the first geometric parent that has a view
|
|
nsIFrame* nsIFrame::GetAncestorWithView() const
|
|
{
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = mParent; nullptr != f; f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|
if (f->HasView()) {
|
|
return f;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// virtual
|
|
nsPoint nsIFrame::GetOffsetToExternal(const nsIFrame* aOther) const
|
|
{
|
|
return GetOffsetTo(aOther);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint nsIFrame::GetOffsetTo(const nsIFrame* aOther) const
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aOther,
|
|
"Must have frame for destination coordinate system!");
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(PresContext() == aOther->PresContext(),
|
|
"GetOffsetTo called on frames in different documents");
|
|
|
|
nsPoint offset(0, 0);
|
|
const nsIFrame* f;
|
|
for (f = this; f != aOther && f; f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|
offset += f->GetPosition();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (f != aOther) {
|
|
// Looks like aOther wasn't an ancestor of |this|. So now we have
|
|
// the root-frame-relative position of |this| in |offset|. Convert back
|
|
// to the coordinates of aOther
|
|
while (aOther) {
|
|
offset -= aOther->GetPosition();
|
|
aOther = aOther->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return offset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint nsIFrame::GetOffsetToCrossDoc(const nsIFrame* aOther) const
|
|
{
|
|
return GetOffsetToCrossDoc(aOther, PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint
|
|
nsIFrame::GetOffsetToCrossDoc(const nsIFrame* aOther, const PRInt32 aAPD) const
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aOther,
|
|
"Must have frame for destination coordinate system!");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(PresContext()->GetRootPresContext() ==
|
|
aOther->PresContext()->GetRootPresContext(),
|
|
"trying to get the offset between frames in different document "
|
|
"hierarchies?");
|
|
if (PresContext()->GetRootPresContext() !=
|
|
aOther->PresContext()->GetRootPresContext()) {
|
|
// crash right away, we are almost certainly going to crash anyway.
|
|
NS_RUNTIMEABORT("trying to get the offset between frames in different "
|
|
"document hierarchies?");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsIFrame* root = nullptr;
|
|
// offset will hold the final offset
|
|
// docOffset holds the currently accumulated offset at the current APD, it
|
|
// will be converted and added to offset when the current APD changes.
|
|
nsPoint offset(0, 0), docOffset(0, 0);
|
|
const nsIFrame* f = this;
|
|
PRInt32 currAPD = PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
while (f && f != aOther) {
|
|
docOffset += f->GetPosition();
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = f->GetParent();
|
|
if (parent) {
|
|
f = parent;
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsPoint newOffset(0, 0);
|
|
root = f;
|
|
f = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(f, &newOffset);
|
|
PRInt32 newAPD = f ? f->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel() : 0;
|
|
if (!f || newAPD != currAPD) {
|
|
// Convert docOffset to the right APD and add it to offset.
|
|
offset += docOffset.ConvertAppUnits(currAPD, aAPD);
|
|
docOffset.x = docOffset.y = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
currAPD = newAPD;
|
|
docOffset += newOffset;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (f == aOther) {
|
|
offset += docOffset.ConvertAppUnits(currAPD, aAPD);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Looks like aOther wasn't an ancestor of |this|. So now we have
|
|
// the root-document-relative position of |this| in |offset|. Subtract the
|
|
// root-document-relative position of |aOther| from |offset|.
|
|
// This call won't try to recurse again because root is an ancestor of
|
|
// aOther.
|
|
nsPoint negOffset = aOther->GetOffsetToCrossDoc(root, aAPD);
|
|
offset -= negOffset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return offset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// virtual
|
|
nsIntRect nsIFrame::GetScreenRectExternal() const
|
|
{
|
|
return GetScreenRect();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIntRect nsIFrame::GetScreenRect() const
|
|
{
|
|
return GetScreenRectInAppUnits().ToNearestPixels(PresContext()->AppUnitsPerCSSPixel());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// virtual
|
|
nsRect nsIFrame::GetScreenRectInAppUnitsExternal() const
|
|
{
|
|
return GetScreenRectInAppUnits();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect nsIFrame::GetScreenRectInAppUnits() const
|
|
{
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = PresContext();
|
|
nsIFrame* rootFrame =
|
|
presContext->PresShell()->FrameManager()->GetRootFrame();
|
|
nsPoint rootScreenPos(0, 0);
|
|
nsPoint rootFrameOffsetInParent(0, 0);
|
|
nsIFrame* rootFrameParent =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(rootFrame, &rootFrameOffsetInParent);
|
|
if (rootFrameParent) {
|
|
nsRect parentScreenRectAppUnits = rootFrameParent->GetScreenRectInAppUnits();
|
|
nsPresContext* parentPresContext = rootFrameParent->PresContext();
|
|
double parentScale = double(presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel())/
|
|
parentPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
nsPoint rootPt = parentScreenRectAppUnits.TopLeft() + rootFrameOffsetInParent;
|
|
rootScreenPos.x = NS_round(parentScale*rootPt.x);
|
|
rootScreenPos.y = NS_round(parentScale*rootPt.y);
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIWidget> rootWidget;
|
|
presContext->PresShell()->GetViewManager()->GetRootWidget(getter_AddRefs(rootWidget));
|
|
if (rootWidget) {
|
|
nsIntPoint rootDevPx = rootWidget->WidgetToScreenOffset();
|
|
rootScreenPos.x = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(rootDevPx.x);
|
|
rootScreenPos.y = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(rootDevPx.y);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nsRect(rootScreenPos + GetOffsetTo(rootFrame), GetSize());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns the offset from this frame to the closest geometric parent that
|
|
// has a view. Also returns the containing view or null in case of error
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP nsFrame::GetOffsetFromView(nsPoint& aOffset,
|
|
nsIView** aView) const
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(nullptr != aView, "null OUT parameter pointer");
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = (nsIFrame*)this;
|
|
|
|
*aView = nullptr;
|
|
aOffset.MoveTo(0, 0);
|
|
do {
|
|
aOffset += frame->GetPosition();
|
|
frame = frame->GetParent();
|
|
} while (frame && !frame->HasView());
|
|
if (frame)
|
|
*aView = frame->GetView();
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIWidget*
|
|
nsIFrame::GetNearestWidget() const
|
|
{
|
|
return GetClosestView()->GetNearestWidget(nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIWidget*
|
|
nsIFrame::GetNearestWidget(nsPoint& aOffset) const
|
|
{
|
|
nsPoint offsetToView;
|
|
nsPoint offsetToWidget;
|
|
nsIWidget* widget =
|
|
GetClosestView(&offsetToView)->GetNearestWidget(&offsetToWidget);
|
|
aOffset = offsetToView + offsetToWidget;
|
|
return widget;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIAtom*
|
|
nsFrame::GetType() const
|
|
{
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsLeaf() const
|
|
{
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Layer*
|
|
nsIFrame::InvalidateLayer(const nsRect& aDamageRect, PRUint32 aDisplayItemKey)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aDisplayItemKey > 0, "Need a key");
|
|
|
|
Layer* layer = FrameLayerBuilder::GetDedicatedLayer(this, aDisplayItemKey);
|
|
if (!layer) {
|
|
Invalidate(aDamageRect);
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PRUint32 flags = INVALIDATE_NO_THEBES_LAYERS;
|
|
if (aDisplayItemKey == nsDisplayItem::TYPE_VIDEO ||
|
|
aDisplayItemKey == nsDisplayItem::TYPE_PLUGIN ||
|
|
aDisplayItemKey == nsDisplayItem::TYPE_CANVAS) {
|
|
flags |= INVALIDATE_NO_UPDATE_LAYER_TREE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
InvalidateWithFlags(aDamageRect, flags);
|
|
return layer;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::InvalidateTransformLayer()
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(mParent, "How can a viewport frame have a transform?");
|
|
|
|
bool hasLayer =
|
|
FrameLayerBuilder::GetDedicatedLayer(this, nsDisplayItem::TYPE_TRANSFORM) != nullptr;
|
|
// Invalidate post-transform area in the parent. We have to invalidate
|
|
// in the parent because our transform style may have changed from what was
|
|
// used to paint this frame.
|
|
// It's OK to bypass the SVG effects processing and other processing
|
|
// performed if we called this->InvalidateWithFlags, because those effects
|
|
// are performed before applying transforms.
|
|
mParent->InvalidateInternal(GetVisualOverflowRect() + GetPosition(),
|
|
0, 0, this,
|
|
hasLayer ? INVALIDATE_NO_THEBES_LAYERS : 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
class LayerActivity {
|
|
public:
|
|
LayerActivity(nsIFrame* aFrame) : mFrame(aFrame), mChangeHint(nsChangeHint(0)) {}
|
|
~LayerActivity();
|
|
nsExpirationState* GetExpirationState() { return &mState; }
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* mFrame;
|
|
nsExpirationState mState;
|
|
// mChangeHint can be some combination of nsChangeHint_UpdateOpacityLayer and
|
|
// nsChangeHint_UpdateTransformLayer (or neither)
|
|
// The presence of those bits indicates whether opacity or transform
|
|
// changes have been detected.
|
|
nsChangeHint mChangeHint;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
class LayerActivityTracker MOZ_FINAL : public nsExpirationTracker<LayerActivity,4> {
|
|
public:
|
|
// 75-100ms is a good timeout period. We use 4 generations of 25ms each.
|
|
enum { GENERATION_MS = 100 };
|
|
LayerActivityTracker()
|
|
: nsExpirationTracker<LayerActivity,4>(GENERATION_MS) {}
|
|
~LayerActivityTracker() {
|
|
AgeAllGenerations();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
virtual void NotifyExpired(LayerActivity* aObject);
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static LayerActivityTracker* gLayerActivityTracker = nullptr;
|
|
|
|
LayerActivity::~LayerActivity()
|
|
{
|
|
if (mFrame) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(gLayerActivityTracker, "Should still have a tracker");
|
|
gLayerActivityTracker->RemoveObject(this);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void DestroyLayerActivity(void* aPropertyValue)
|
|
{
|
|
delete static_cast<LayerActivity*>(aPropertyValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_DECLARE_FRAME_PROPERTY(LayerActivityProperty, DestroyLayerActivity)
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
LayerActivityTracker::NotifyExpired(LayerActivity* aObject)
|
|
{
|
|
RemoveObject(aObject);
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* f = aObject->mFrame;
|
|
aObject->mFrame = nullptr;
|
|
f->Properties().Delete(LayerActivityProperty());
|
|
f->InvalidateFrameSubtree();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::MarkLayersActive(nsChangeHint aChangeHint)
|
|
{
|
|
FrameProperties properties = Properties();
|
|
LayerActivity* layerActivity =
|
|
static_cast<LayerActivity*>(properties.Get(LayerActivityProperty()));
|
|
if (layerActivity) {
|
|
gLayerActivityTracker->MarkUsed(layerActivity);
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!gLayerActivityTracker) {
|
|
gLayerActivityTracker = new LayerActivityTracker();
|
|
}
|
|
layerActivity = new LayerActivity(this);
|
|
gLayerActivityTracker->AddObject(layerActivity);
|
|
properties.Set(LayerActivityProperty(), layerActivity);
|
|
}
|
|
NS_UpdateHint(layerActivity->mChangeHint, aChangeHint);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::AreLayersMarkedActive()
|
|
{
|
|
return Properties().Get(LayerActivityProperty()) != nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::AreLayersMarkedActive(nsChangeHint aChangeHint)
|
|
{
|
|
LayerActivity* layerActivity =
|
|
static_cast<LayerActivity*>(Properties().Get(LayerActivityProperty()));
|
|
return layerActivity && (layerActivity->mChangeHint & aChangeHint);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsFrame::ShutdownLayerActivityTimer()
|
|
{
|
|
delete gLayerActivityTracker;
|
|
gLayerActivityTracker = nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::InvalidateWithFlags(const nsRect& aDamageRect, PRUint32 aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aDamageRect.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Don't allow invalidates to do anything when
|
|
// painting is suppressed.
|
|
nsIPresShell *shell = PresContext()->GetPresShell();
|
|
if (shell) {
|
|
if (shell->IsPaintingSuppressed())
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
InvalidateInternal(aDamageRect, 0, 0, nullptr, aFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Helper function that funnels an InvalidateInternal request up to the
|
|
* parent. This function is used so that if MOZ_SVG is not defined, we still
|
|
* have unified control paths in the InvalidateInternal chain.
|
|
*
|
|
* @param aDamageRect The rect to invalidate.
|
|
* @param aX The x offset from the origin of this frame to the rectangle.
|
|
* @param aY The y offset from the origin of this frame to the rectangle.
|
|
* @param aImmediate Whether to redraw immediately.
|
|
* @return None, though this funnels the request up to the parent frame.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::InvalidateInternalAfterResize(const nsRect& aDamageRect, nscoord aX,
|
|
nscoord aY, PRUint32 aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aDamageRect.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If we're a transformed frame, then we need to apply our transform to the
|
|
* damage rectangle so that the redraw correctly redraws the transformed
|
|
* region. We're moved over aX and aY from our origin, but since this aX
|
|
* and aY is contained within our border, we need to scoot back by -aX and
|
|
* -aY to get back to the origin of the transform.
|
|
*
|
|
* There's one more problem, though, and that's that we don't know what
|
|
* coordinate space this rectangle is in. Sometimes it's in the local
|
|
* coordinate space for the frame, and sometimes its in the transformed
|
|
* coordinate space. If we get it wrong, we'll display incorrectly. Until I
|
|
* find a better fix for this problem, we'll invalidate the union of the two
|
|
* rectangles (original rectangle and transformed rectangle). At least one of
|
|
* these will be correct.
|
|
*
|
|
* When we are preserving-3d, we can have arbitrary hierarchies of preserved 3d
|
|
* children. The computed transform on these children is relative to the root
|
|
* transform object in the hierarchy, not necessarily their direct ancestor.
|
|
* In this case we transform by the child's transform, and mark the rectangle
|
|
* as being transformed until it is passed up to the root of the hierarchy.
|
|
*
|
|
* See bug #452496 for more details.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
// Check the transformed flags and remove it
|
|
bool rectIsTransformed = (aFlags & INVALIDATE_ALREADY_TRANSFORMED);
|
|
if (!Preserves3D()) {
|
|
// We only want to remove the flag if we aren't preserving 3d. Otherwise
|
|
// the rect will already have been transformed into the root preserve-3d
|
|
// frame coordinate space, and we should continue passing it up without
|
|
// further transforms.
|
|
aFlags &= ~INVALIDATE_ALREADY_TRANSFORMED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ((mState & NS_FRAME_HAS_CONTAINER_LAYER) &&
|
|
!(aFlags & INVALIDATE_NO_THEBES_LAYERS)) {
|
|
// XXX for now I'm going to assume this is in the local coordinate space
|
|
// This only matters for frames with transforms and retained layers,
|
|
// which can't happen right now since transforms trigger fallback
|
|
// rendering and the display items that trigger layers are nested inside
|
|
// the nsDisplayTransform
|
|
// XXX need to set INVALIDATE_NO_THEBES_LAYERS for certain kinds of
|
|
// invalidation, e.g. video update, 'opacity' change
|
|
FrameLayerBuilder::InvalidateThebesLayerContents(this,
|
|
aDamageRect + nsPoint(aX, aY));
|
|
// Don't need to invalidate any more Thebes layers
|
|
aFlags |= INVALIDATE_NO_THEBES_LAYERS;
|
|
if (aFlags & INVALIDATE_ONLY_THEBES_LAYERS) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (IsTransformed() && !rectIsTransformed) {
|
|
nsRect newDamageRect = nsDisplayTransform::TransformRectOut
|
|
(aDamageRect, this, nsPoint(-aX, -aY));
|
|
if (!(GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_SVG_LAYOUT)) {
|
|
newDamageRect.UnionRect(newDamageRect, aDamageRect);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we are preserving 3d, then our computed transform includes that of any
|
|
// ancestor frames that also preserve 3d. Mark the rectangle as already being
|
|
// transformed into the parent's coordinate space.
|
|
if (Preserves3D()) {
|
|
aFlags |= INVALIDATE_ALREADY_TRANSFORMED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
GetParent()->
|
|
InvalidateInternal(newDamageRect, aX + mRect.x, aY + mRect.y, this,
|
|
aFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
GetParent()->
|
|
InvalidateInternal(aDamageRect, aX + mRect.x, aY + mRect.y, this, aFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::InvalidateInternal(const nsRect& aDamageRect, nscoord aX, nscoord aY,
|
|
nsIFrame* aForChild, PRUint32 aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
ClearDisplayItemCache();
|
|
nsSVGEffects::InvalidateDirectRenderingObservers(this);
|
|
if (nsSVGIntegrationUtils::UsingEffectsForFrame(this)) {
|
|
nsRect r = nsSVGIntegrationUtils::AdjustInvalidAreaForSVGEffects(this,
|
|
aDamageRect + nsPoint(aX, aY));
|
|
/* Rectangle is now in our own local space, so aX and aY are effectively
|
|
* zero. Thus we'll pretend that the entire time this was in our own
|
|
* local coordinate space and do any remaining processing.
|
|
*/
|
|
InvalidateInternalAfterResize(r, 0, 0, aFlags);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
InvalidateInternalAfterResize(aDamageRect, aX, aY, aFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gfx3DMatrix
|
|
nsIFrame::GetTransformMatrix(nsIFrame* aStopAtAncestor,
|
|
nsIFrame** aOutAncestor)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aOutAncestor, "Need a place to put the ancestor!");
|
|
|
|
/* If we're transformed, we want to hand back the combination
|
|
* transform/translate matrix that will apply our current transform, then
|
|
* shift us to our parent.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (IsTransformed()) {
|
|
/* Compute the delta to the parent, which we need because we are converting
|
|
* coordinates to our parent.
|
|
*/
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(this),
|
|
"Cannot transform the viewport frame!");
|
|
PRInt32 scaleFactor = PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
|
|
gfx3DMatrix result =
|
|
nsDisplayTransform::GetResultingTransformMatrix(this, nsPoint(0, 0), scaleFactor, nullptr,
|
|
nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, aOutAncestor);
|
|
// XXXjwatt: seems like this will double count offsets in the face of preserve-3d:
|
|
nsPoint delta = GetOffsetToCrossDoc(*aOutAncestor);
|
|
/* Combine the raw transform with a translation to our parent. */
|
|
result *= gfx3DMatrix::Translation
|
|
(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(delta.x, scaleFactor),
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(delta.y, scaleFactor),
|
|
0.0f);
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*aOutAncestor = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(this);
|
|
|
|
/* Otherwise, we're not transformed. In that case, we'll walk up the frame
|
|
* tree until we either hit the root frame or something that may be
|
|
* transformed. We'll then change coordinates into that frame, since we're
|
|
* guaranteed that nothing in-between can be transformed. First, however,
|
|
* we have to check to see if we have a parent. If not, we'll set the
|
|
* outparam to null (indicating that there's nothing left) and will hand back
|
|
* the identity matrix.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!*aOutAncestor)
|
|
return gfx3DMatrix();
|
|
|
|
/* Keep iterating while the frame can't possibly be transformed. */
|
|
while (!(*aOutAncestor)->IsTransformed() && *aOutAncestor != aStopAtAncestor) {
|
|
/* If no parent, stop iterating. Otherwise, update the ancestor. */
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(*aOutAncestor);
|
|
if (!parent)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
*aOutAncestor = parent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(*aOutAncestor, "Somehow ended up with a null ancestor...?");
|
|
|
|
/* Translate from this frame to our ancestor, if it exists. That's the
|
|
* entire transform, so we're done.
|
|
*/
|
|
nsPoint delta = GetOffsetToCrossDoc(*aOutAncestor);
|
|
PRInt32 scaleFactor = PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
return gfx3DMatrix().Translation
|
|
(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(delta.x, scaleFactor),
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(delta.y, scaleFactor),
|
|
0.0f);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::InvalidateRectDifference(const nsRect& aR1, const nsRect& aR2)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRect sizeHStrip, sizeVStrip;
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetRectDifferenceStrips(aR1, aR2, &sizeHStrip, &sizeVStrip);
|
|
Invalidate(sizeVStrip);
|
|
Invalidate(sizeHStrip);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::InvalidateFrameSubtree()
|
|
{
|
|
Invalidate(GetVisualOverflowRectRelativeToSelf());
|
|
FrameLayerBuilder::InvalidateThebesLayersInSubtree(this);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::InvalidateOverflowRect()
|
|
{
|
|
Invalidate(GetVisualOverflowRectRelativeToSelf());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_DECLARE_FRAME_PROPERTY(DeferInvalidatesProperty, nsIFrame::DestroyRegion)
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::InvalidateRoot(const nsRect& aDamageRect, PRUint32 aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayRootFrame(this) == this,
|
|
"Can only call this on display roots");
|
|
|
|
if ((mState & NS_FRAME_HAS_CONTAINER_LAYER) &&
|
|
!(aFlags & INVALIDATE_NO_THEBES_LAYERS)) {
|
|
FrameLayerBuilder::InvalidateThebesLayerContents(this, aDamageRect);
|
|
if (aFlags & INVALIDATE_ONLY_THEBES_LAYERS) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect rect = aDamageRect;
|
|
nsRegion* excludeRegion = static_cast<nsRegion*>
|
|
(Properties().Get(DeferInvalidatesProperty()));
|
|
if (excludeRegion && (aFlags & INVALIDATE_EXCLUDE_CURRENT_PAINT)) {
|
|
nsRegion r;
|
|
r.Sub(rect, *excludeRegion);
|
|
if (r.IsEmpty())
|
|
return;
|
|
rect = r.GetBounds();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!(aFlags & INVALIDATE_NO_UPDATE_LAYER_TREE)) {
|
|
AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_UPDATE_LAYER_TREE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIView* view = GetView();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(view, "This can only be called on frames with views");
|
|
view->GetViewManager()->InvalidateViewNoSuppression(view, rect);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::BeginDeferringInvalidatesForDisplayRoot(const nsRegion& aExcludeRegion)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayRootFrame(this) == this,
|
|
"Can only call this on display roots");
|
|
Properties().Set(DeferInvalidatesProperty(), new nsRegion(aExcludeRegion));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::EndDeferringInvalidatesForDisplayRoot()
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayRootFrame(this) == this,
|
|
"Can only call this on display roots");
|
|
Properties().Delete(DeferInvalidatesProperty());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* @param aAnyOutlineOrEffects set to true if this frame has any
|
|
* outline, SVG effects or box shadows that mean we need to invalidate
|
|
* the whole overflow area if the frame's size changes.
|
|
*/
|
|
static nsRect
|
|
ComputeOutlineAndEffectsRect(nsIFrame* aFrame, bool* aAnyOutlineOrEffects,
|
|
const nsRect& aOverflowRect,
|
|
const nsSize& aNewSize,
|
|
bool aStoreRectProperties) {
|
|
nsRect r = aOverflowRect;
|
|
*aAnyOutlineOrEffects = false;
|
|
|
|
if (aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_SVG_LAYOUT) {
|
|
// For SVG frames, we only need to account for filters.
|
|
// TODO: We could also take account of clipPath and mask to reduce the
|
|
// visual overflow, but that's not essential.
|
|
if (aFrame->GetStyleSVGReset()->mFilter) {
|
|
*aAnyOutlineOrEffects = true;
|
|
if (aStoreRectProperties) {
|
|
aFrame->Properties().
|
|
Set(nsIFrame::PreEffectsBBoxProperty(), new nsRect(r));
|
|
}
|
|
r = nsSVGUtils::GetPostFilterVisualOverflowRect(aFrame, aOverflowRect);
|
|
}
|
|
return r;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// box-shadow
|
|
nsCSSShadowArray* boxShadows = aFrame->GetStyleBorder()->mBoxShadow;
|
|
if (boxShadows) {
|
|
nsRect shadows;
|
|
PRInt32 A2D = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
for (PRUint32 i = 0; i < boxShadows->Length(); ++i) {
|
|
nsRect tmpRect(nsPoint(0, 0), aNewSize);
|
|
nsCSSShadowItem* shadow = boxShadows->ShadowAt(i);
|
|
|
|
// inset shadows are never painted outside the frame
|
|
if (shadow->mInset)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
tmpRect.MoveBy(nsPoint(shadow->mXOffset, shadow->mYOffset));
|
|
tmpRect.Inflate(shadow->mSpread, shadow->mSpread);
|
|
tmpRect.Inflate(
|
|
nsContextBoxBlur::GetBlurRadiusMargin(shadow->mRadius, A2D));
|
|
|
|
shadows.UnionRect(shadows, tmpRect);
|
|
}
|
|
r.UnionRect(r, shadows);
|
|
*aAnyOutlineOrEffects = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleOutline* outline = aFrame->GetStyleOutline();
|
|
PRUint8 outlineStyle = outline->GetOutlineStyle();
|
|
if (outlineStyle != NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE) {
|
|
nscoord width;
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
bool result =
|
|
#endif
|
|
outline->GetOutlineWidth(width);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(result, "GetOutlineWidth had no cached outline width");
|
|
if (width > 0) {
|
|
if (aStoreRectProperties) {
|
|
aFrame->Properties().
|
|
Set(nsIFrame::OutlineInnerRectProperty(), new nsRect(r));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord offset = outline->mOutlineOffset;
|
|
nscoord inflateBy = NS_MAX(width + offset, 0);
|
|
// FIXME (bug 599652): We probably want outline to be drawn around
|
|
// something smaller than the visual overflow rect (perhaps the
|
|
// scrollable overflow rect is correct). When we change that, we
|
|
// need to keep this code (and the storing of properties just
|
|
// above) in sync with GetOutlineInnerRect in nsCSSRendering.cpp.
|
|
r.Inflate(inflateBy, inflateBy);
|
|
*aAnyOutlineOrEffects = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// border-image-outset.
|
|
// We need to include border-image-outset because it can cause the
|
|
// border image to be drawn beyond the border box.
|
|
|
|
// (1) It's important we not check whether there's a border-image
|
|
// since the style hint for a change in border image doesn't cause
|
|
// reflow, and that's probably more important than optimizing the
|
|
// overflow areas for the silly case of border-image-outset without
|
|
// border-image
|
|
// (2) It's important that we not check whether the border-image
|
|
// is actually loaded, since that would require us to reflow when
|
|
// the image loads.
|
|
const nsStyleBorder* styleBorder = aFrame->GetStyleBorder();
|
|
nsMargin outsetMargin = styleBorder->GetImageOutset();
|
|
|
|
if (outsetMargin != nsMargin(0, 0, 0, 0)) {
|
|
nsRect outsetRect(nsPoint(0, 0), aNewSize);
|
|
outsetRect.Inflate(outsetMargin);
|
|
r.UnionRect(r, outsetRect);
|
|
|
|
*aAnyOutlineOrEffects = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Note that we don't remove the outlineInnerRect if a frame loses outline
|
|
// style. That would require an extra property lookup for every frame,
|
|
// or a new frame state bit to track whether a property had been stored,
|
|
// or something like that. It's not worth doing that here. At most it's
|
|
// only one heap-allocated rect per frame and it will be cleaned up when
|
|
// the frame dies.
|
|
|
|
if (nsSVGIntegrationUtils::UsingEffectsForFrame(aFrame)) {
|
|
*aAnyOutlineOrEffects = true;
|
|
if (aStoreRectProperties) {
|
|
aFrame->Properties().
|
|
Set(nsIFrame::PreEffectsBBoxProperty(), new nsRect(r));
|
|
}
|
|
r = nsSVGIntegrationUtils::ComputePostEffectsVisualOverflowRect(aFrame, r);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return r;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint
|
|
nsIFrame::GetRelativeOffset(const nsStyleDisplay* aDisplay) const
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aDisplay ||
|
|
aDisplay->IsRelativelyPositioned(this)) {
|
|
nsPoint *offsets = static_cast<nsPoint*>
|
|
(Properties().Get(ComputedOffsetProperty()));
|
|
if (offsets) {
|
|
return *offsets;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return nsPoint(0,0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsIFrame::GetOverflowRect(nsOverflowType aType) const
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aType == eVisualOverflow || aType == eScrollableOverflow,
|
|
"unexpected type");
|
|
|
|
// Note that in some cases the overflow area might not have been
|
|
// updated (yet) to reflect any outline set on the frame or the area
|
|
// of child frames. That's OK because any reflow that updates these
|
|
// areas will invalidate the appropriate area, so any (mis)uses of
|
|
// this method will be fixed up.
|
|
|
|
if (mOverflow.mType == NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_LARGE) {
|
|
// there is an overflow rect, and it's not stored as deltas but as
|
|
// a separately-allocated rect
|
|
return static_cast<nsOverflowAreas*>(const_cast<nsIFrame*>(this)->
|
|
GetOverflowAreasProperty())->Overflow(aType);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aType == eVisualOverflow &&
|
|
mOverflow.mType != NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_NONE) {
|
|
return GetVisualOverflowFromDeltas();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nsRect(nsPoint(0, 0), GetSize());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsOverflowAreas
|
|
nsIFrame::GetOverflowAreas() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (mOverflow.mType == NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_LARGE) {
|
|
// there is an overflow rect, and it's not stored as deltas but as
|
|
// a separately-allocated rect
|
|
return *const_cast<nsIFrame*>(this)->GetOverflowAreasProperty();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nsOverflowAreas(GetVisualOverflowFromDeltas(),
|
|
nsRect(nsPoint(0, 0), GetSize()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsIFrame::GetScrollableOverflowRectRelativeToParent() const
|
|
{
|
|
return GetScrollableOverflowRect() + mRect.TopLeft();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsIFrame::GetVisualOverflowRectRelativeToSelf() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsTransformed()) {
|
|
nsOverflowAreas* preTransformOverflows = static_cast<nsOverflowAreas*>
|
|
(Properties().Get(PreTransformOverflowAreasProperty()));
|
|
if (preTransformOverflows)
|
|
return preTransformOverflows->VisualOverflow();
|
|
}
|
|
return GetVisualOverflowRect();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsIFrame::GetPreEffectsVisualOverflowRect() const
|
|
{
|
|
nsRect* r = static_cast<nsRect*>
|
|
(Properties().Get(nsIFrame::PreEffectsBBoxProperty()));
|
|
return r ? *r : GetVisualOverflowRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ bool
|
|
nsFrame::UpdateOverflow()
|
|
{
|
|
nsRect rect(nsPoint(0, 0), GetSize());
|
|
nsOverflowAreas overflowAreas(rect, rect);
|
|
|
|
bool isBox = IsBoxFrame() || IsBoxWrapped();
|
|
if (!isBox || (!IsCollapsed() && !DoesClipChildren())) {
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::UnionChildOverflow(this, overflowAreas);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (FinishAndStoreOverflow(overflowAreas, GetSize())) {
|
|
nsIView* view = GetView();
|
|
if (view) {
|
|
PRUint32 flags = 0;
|
|
GetLayoutFlags(flags);
|
|
|
|
if ((flags & NS_FRAME_NO_SIZE_VIEW) == 0) {
|
|
// Make sure the frame's view is properly sized.
|
|
nsIViewManager* vm = view->GetViewManager();
|
|
vm->ResizeView(view, overflowAreas.VisualOverflow(), true);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::CheckInvalidateSizeChange(nsHTMLReflowMetrics& aNewDesiredSize)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame::CheckInvalidateSizeChange(mRect, GetVisualOverflowRect(),
|
|
nsSize(aNewDesiredSize.width, aNewDesiredSize.height));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
InvalidateRectForFrameSizeChange(nsIFrame* aFrame, const nsRect& aRect)
|
|
{
|
|
nsStyleContext *bgSC;
|
|
if (!nsCSSRendering::FindBackground(aFrame->PresContext(), aFrame, &bgSC)) {
|
|
nsIFrame* rootFrame =
|
|
aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->FrameManager()->GetRootFrame();
|
|
rootFrame->Invalidate(nsRect(nsPoint(0, 0), rootFrame->GetSize()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aFrame->Invalidate(aRect);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::CheckInvalidateSizeChange(const nsRect& aOldRect,
|
|
const nsRect& aOldVisualOverflowRect,
|
|
const nsSize& aNewDesiredSize)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aNewDesiredSize == aOldRect.Size())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// Below, we invalidate the old frame area (or, in the case of
|
|
// outline, combined area) if the outline, border or background
|
|
// settings indicate that something other than the difference
|
|
// between the old and new areas needs to be painted. We are
|
|
// assuming that the difference between the old and new areas will
|
|
// be invalidated by some other means. That also means invalidating
|
|
// the old frame area is the same as invalidating the new frame area
|
|
// (since in either case the UNION of old and new areas will be
|
|
// invalidated)
|
|
|
|
// We use InvalidateRectForFrameSizeChange throughout this method, even
|
|
// though root-invalidation is technically only needed in the case where
|
|
// layer.RenderingMightDependOnFrameSize(). This allows us to simplify the
|
|
// code somewhat and return immediately after invalidation in the earlier
|
|
// cases.
|
|
|
|
// Invalidate the entire old frame+outline if the frame has an outline
|
|
bool anyOutlineOrEffects;
|
|
nsRect r = ComputeOutlineAndEffectsRect(this, &anyOutlineOrEffects,
|
|
aOldVisualOverflowRect,
|
|
aNewDesiredSize,
|
|
false);
|
|
if (anyOutlineOrEffects) {
|
|
r.UnionRect(aOldVisualOverflowRect, r);
|
|
InvalidateRectForFrameSizeChange(this, r);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Invalidate the old frame border box if the frame has borders. Those
|
|
// borders may be moving.
|
|
const nsStyleBorder* border = GetStyleBorder();
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
|
|
if (border->GetComputedBorderWidth(side) != 0) {
|
|
if ((side == NS_SIDE_LEFT || side == NS_SIDE_TOP) &&
|
|
!nsLayoutUtils::HasNonZeroCornerOnSide(border->mBorderRadius, side) &&
|
|
!border->GetBorderImage() &&
|
|
border->GetBorderStyle(side) == NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_SOLID) {
|
|
// We also need to be sure that the bottom-left or top-right
|
|
// corner is simple. For example, if the bottom or right border
|
|
// has a different color, we would need to invalidate the corner
|
|
// area. But that's OK because if there is a right or bottom border,
|
|
// we'll invalidate the entire border-box here anyway.
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
InvalidateRectForFrameSizeChange(this, nsRect(0, 0, aOldRect.width, aOldRect.height));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleBackground *bg = GetStyleBackground();
|
|
if (!bg->IsTransparent()) {
|
|
// Invalidate the old frame background if the frame has a background
|
|
// whose position depends on the size of the frame
|
|
NS_FOR_VISIBLE_BACKGROUND_LAYERS_BACK_TO_FRONT(i, bg) {
|
|
const nsStyleBackground::Layer &layer = bg->mLayers[i];
|
|
if (layer.RenderingMightDependOnFrameSize()) {
|
|
InvalidateRectForFrameSizeChange(this, nsRect(0, 0, aOldRect.width, aOldRect.height));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Invalidate the old frame background if the frame has a background
|
|
// that is being clipped by border-radius, since the old or new area
|
|
// clipped off by the radius is not necessarily in the area that has
|
|
// already been invalidated (even if only the top-left corner has a
|
|
// border radius).
|
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::HasNonZeroCorner(border->mBorderRadius)) {
|
|
InvalidateRectForFrameSizeChange(this, nsRect(0, 0, aOldRect.width, aOldRect.height));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Define the MAX_FRAME_DEPTH to be the ContentSink's MAX_REFLOW_DEPTH plus
|
|
// 4 for the frames above the document's frames:
|
|
// the Viewport, GFXScroll, ScrollPort, and Canvas
|
|
#define MAX_FRAME_DEPTH (MAX_REFLOW_DEPTH+4)
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsFrame::IsFrameTreeTooDeep(const nsHTMLReflowState& aReflowState,
|
|
nsHTMLReflowMetrics& aMetrics,
|
|
nsReflowStatus& aStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aReflowState.mReflowDepth > MAX_FRAME_DEPTH) {
|
|
NS_WARNING("frame tree too deep; setting zero size and returning");
|
|
mState |= NS_FRAME_TOO_DEEP_IN_FRAME_TREE;
|
|
ClearOverflowRects();
|
|
aMetrics.width = 0;
|
|
aMetrics.height = 0;
|
|
aMetrics.ascent = 0;
|
|
aMetrics.mCarriedOutBottomMargin.Zero();
|
|
aMetrics.mOverflowAreas.Clear();
|
|
|
|
if (GetNextInFlow()) {
|
|
// Reflow depth might vary between reflows, so we might have
|
|
// successfully reflowed and split this frame before. If so, we
|
|
// shouldn't delete its continuations.
|
|
aStatus = NS_FRAME_NOT_COMPLETE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
aStatus = NS_FRAME_COMPLETE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
mState &= ~NS_FRAME_TOO_DEEP_IN_FRAME_TREE;
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsBlockWrapper() const
|
|
{
|
|
nsIAtom *pseudoType = GetStyleContext()->GetPseudo();
|
|
return (pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousBlock ||
|
|
pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousPositionedBlock ||
|
|
pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::cellContent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsIFrame*
|
|
GetNearestBlockContainer(nsIFrame* frame)
|
|
{
|
|
// The block wrappers we use to wrap blocks inside inlines aren't
|
|
// described in the CSS spec. We need to make them not be containing
|
|
// blocks.
|
|
// Since the parent of such a block is either a normal block or
|
|
// another such pseudo, this shouldn't cause anything bad to happen.
|
|
// Also the anonymous blocks inside table cells are not containing blocks.
|
|
while (frame->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eLineParticipant) ||
|
|
frame->IsBlockWrapper() ||
|
|
// Table rows are not containing blocks either
|
|
frame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::tableRowFrame) {
|
|
frame = frame->GetParent();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(frame, "How come we got to the root frame without seeing a containing block?");
|
|
}
|
|
return frame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsIFrame::GetContainingBlock() const
|
|
{
|
|
// MathML frames might have absolute positioning style, but they would
|
|
// still be in-flow. So we have to check to make sure that the frame
|
|
// is really out-of-flow too.
|
|
if (IsAbsolutelyPositioned() &&
|
|
(GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW)) {
|
|
return GetParent(); // the parent is always the containing block
|
|
}
|
|
return GetNearestBlockContainer(GetParent());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
|
|
PRInt32 nsFrame::ContentIndexInContainer(const nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
PRInt32 result = -1;
|
|
|
|
nsIContent* content = aFrame->GetContent();
|
|
if (content) {
|
|
nsIContent* parentContent = content->GetParent();
|
|
if (parentContent) {
|
|
result = parentContent->IndexOf(content);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* List a frame tree to stdout. Meant to be called from gdb.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
DebugListFrameTree(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
((nsFrame*)aFrame)->List(stdout, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Debugging
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::List(FILE* out, PRInt32 aIndent) const
|
|
{
|
|
IndentBy(out, aIndent);
|
|
ListTag(out);
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_waterson
|
|
fprintf(out, " [parent=%p]", static_cast<void*>(mParent));
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (HasView()) {
|
|
fprintf(out, " [view=%p]", static_cast<void*>(GetView()));
|
|
}
|
|
fprintf(out, " {%d,%d,%d,%d}", mRect.x, mRect.y, mRect.width, mRect.height);
|
|
if (0 != mState) {
|
|
fprintf(out, " [state=%016llx]", (unsigned long long)mState);
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* prevInFlow = GetPrevInFlow();
|
|
nsIFrame* nextInFlow = GetNextInFlow();
|
|
if (nullptr != prevInFlow) {
|
|
fprintf(out, " prev-in-flow=%p", static_cast<void*>(prevInFlow));
|
|
}
|
|
if (nullptr != nextInFlow) {
|
|
fprintf(out, " next-in-flow=%p", static_cast<void*>(nextInFlow));
|
|
}
|
|
fprintf(out, " [content=%p]", static_cast<void*>(mContent));
|
|
nsFrame* f = const_cast<nsFrame*>(this);
|
|
if (f->HasOverflowAreas()) {
|
|
nsRect overflowArea = f->GetVisualOverflowRect();
|
|
fprintf(out, " [vis-overflow=%d,%d,%d,%d]", overflowArea.x, overflowArea.y,
|
|
overflowArea.width, overflowArea.height);
|
|
overflowArea = f->GetScrollableOverflowRect();
|
|
fprintf(out, " [scr-overflow=%d,%d,%d,%d]", overflowArea.x, overflowArea.y,
|
|
overflowArea.width, overflowArea.height);
|
|
}
|
|
fprintf(out, " [sc=%p]", static_cast<void*>(mStyleContext));
|
|
fputs("\n", out);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::GetFrameName(nsAString& aResult) const
|
|
{
|
|
return MakeFrameName(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Frame"), aResult);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP_(nsFrameState)
|
|
nsFrame::GetDebugStateBits() const
|
|
{
|
|
// We'll ignore these flags for the purposes of comparing frame state:
|
|
//
|
|
// NS_FRAME_EXTERNAL_REFERENCE
|
|
// because this is set by the event state manager or the
|
|
// caret code when a frame is focused. Depending on whether
|
|
// or not the regression tests are run as the focused window
|
|
// will make this value vary randomly.
|
|
#define IRRELEVANT_FRAME_STATE_FLAGS NS_FRAME_EXTERNAL_REFERENCE
|
|
|
|
#define FRAME_STATE_MASK (~(IRRELEVANT_FRAME_STATE_FLAGS))
|
|
|
|
return GetStateBits() & FRAME_STATE_MASK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::MakeFrameName(const nsAString& aType, nsAString& aResult) const
|
|
{
|
|
aResult = aType;
|
|
if (mContent && !mContent->IsNodeOfType(nsINode::eTEXT)) {
|
|
nsAutoString buf;
|
|
mContent->Tag()->ToString(buf);
|
|
aResult.Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("(") + buf + NS_LITERAL_STRING(")"));
|
|
}
|
|
char buf[40];
|
|
PR_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "(%d)", ContentIndexInContainer(this));
|
|
AppendASCIItoUTF16(buf, aResult);
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::XMLQuote(nsString& aString)
|
|
{
|
|
PRInt32 i, len = aString.Length();
|
|
for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
|
|
PRUnichar ch = aString.CharAt(i);
|
|
if (ch == '<') {
|
|
nsAutoString tmp(NS_LITERAL_STRING("<"));
|
|
aString.Cut(i, 1);
|
|
aString.Insert(tmp, i);
|
|
len += 3;
|
|
i += 3;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (ch == '>') {
|
|
nsAutoString tmp(NS_LITERAL_STRING(">"));
|
|
aString.Cut(i, 1);
|
|
aString.Insert(tmp, i);
|
|
len += 3;
|
|
i += 3;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (ch == '\"') {
|
|
nsAutoString tmp(NS_LITERAL_STRING("""));
|
|
aString.Cut(i, 1);
|
|
aString.Insert(tmp, i);
|
|
len += 5;
|
|
i += 5;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsVisibleForPainting(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder) {
|
|
if (!GetStyleVisibility()->IsVisible())
|
|
return false;
|
|
nsISelection* sel = aBuilder->GetBoundingSelection();
|
|
return !sel || IsVisibleInSelection(sel);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsVisibleForPainting() {
|
|
if (!GetStyleVisibility()->IsVisible())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
nsPresContext* pc = PresContext();
|
|
if (!pc->IsRenderingOnlySelection())
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsISelectionController> selcon(do_QueryInterface(pc->PresShell()));
|
|
if (selcon) {
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsISelection> sel;
|
|
selcon->GetSelection(nsISelectionController::SELECTION_NORMAL,
|
|
getter_AddRefs(sel));
|
|
if (sel)
|
|
return IsVisibleInSelection(sel);
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsVisibleInSelection(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder) {
|
|
nsISelection* sel = aBuilder->GetBoundingSelection();
|
|
return !sel || IsVisibleInSelection(sel);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsVisibleOrCollapsedForPainting(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder) {
|
|
if (!GetStyleVisibility()->IsVisibleOrCollapsed())
|
|
return false;
|
|
nsISelection* sel = aBuilder->GetBoundingSelection();
|
|
return !sel || IsVisibleInSelection(sel);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsVisibleInSelection(nsISelection* aSelection)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!GetContent() || !GetContent()->IsSelectionDescendant()) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> node(do_QueryInterface(mContent));
|
|
bool vis;
|
|
nsresult rv = aSelection->ContainsNode(node, true, &vis);
|
|
return NS_FAILED(rv) || vis;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ bool
|
|
nsFrame::IsEmpty()
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::CachedIsEmpty()
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(!(GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY),
|
|
"Must only be called on reflowed lines");
|
|
return IsEmpty();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ bool
|
|
nsFrame::IsSelfEmpty()
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::GetSelectionController(nsPresContext *aPresContext, nsISelectionController **aSelCon)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aPresContext || !aSelCon)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame *frame = this;
|
|
while (frame && (frame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_INDEPENDENT_SELECTION)) {
|
|
nsITextControlFrame *tcf = do_QueryFrame(frame);
|
|
if (tcf) {
|
|
return tcf->GetOwnedSelectionController(aSelCon);
|
|
}
|
|
frame = frame->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return CallQueryInterface(aPresContext->GetPresShell(), aSelCon);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
already_AddRefed<nsFrameSelection>
|
|
nsIFrame::GetFrameSelection()
|
|
{
|
|
nsFrameSelection* fs =
|
|
const_cast<nsFrameSelection*>(GetConstFrameSelection());
|
|
NS_IF_ADDREF(fs);
|
|
return fs;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsFrameSelection*
|
|
nsIFrame::GetConstFrameSelection() const
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = const_cast<nsIFrame*>(this);
|
|
while (frame && (frame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_INDEPENDENT_SELECTION)) {
|
|
nsITextControlFrame* tcf = do_QueryFrame(frame);
|
|
if (tcf) {
|
|
return tcf->GetOwnedFrameSelection();
|
|
}
|
|
frame = frame->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return PresContext()->PresShell()->ConstFrameSelection();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::DumpRegressionData(nsPresContext* aPresContext, FILE* out, PRInt32 aIndent)
|
|
{
|
|
IndentBy(out, aIndent);
|
|
fprintf(out, "<frame va=\"%ld\" type=\"", PRUptrdiff(this));
|
|
nsAutoString name;
|
|
GetFrameName(name);
|
|
XMLQuote(name);
|
|
fputs(NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(name).get(), out);
|
|
fprintf(out, "\" state=\"%016llx\" parent=\"%ld\">\n",
|
|
(unsigned long long)GetDebugStateBits(), PRUptrdiff(mParent));
|
|
|
|
aIndent++;
|
|
DumpBaseRegressionData(aPresContext, out, aIndent);
|
|
aIndent--;
|
|
|
|
IndentBy(out, aIndent);
|
|
fprintf(out, "</frame>\n");
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::DumpBaseRegressionData(nsPresContext* aPresContext, FILE* out, PRInt32 aIndent)
|
|
{
|
|
if (GetNextSibling()) {
|
|
IndentBy(out, aIndent);
|
|
fprintf(out, "<next-sibling va=\"%ld\"/>\n", PRUptrdiff(GetNextSibling()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (HasView()) {
|
|
IndentBy(out, aIndent);
|
|
fprintf(out, "<view va=\"%ld\">\n", PRUptrdiff(GetView()));
|
|
aIndent++;
|
|
// XXX add in code to dump out view state too...
|
|
aIndent--;
|
|
IndentBy(out, aIndent);
|
|
fprintf(out, "</view>\n");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
IndentBy(out, aIndent);
|
|
fprintf(out, "<bbox x=\"%d\" y=\"%d\" w=\"%d\" h=\"%d\"/>\n",
|
|
mRect.x, mRect.y, mRect.width, mRect.height);
|
|
|
|
// Now dump all of the children on all of the child lists
|
|
ChildListIterator lists(this);
|
|
for (; !lists.IsDone(); lists.Next()) {
|
|
IndentBy(out, aIndent);
|
|
if (lists.CurrentID() != kPrincipalList) {
|
|
fprintf(out, "<child-list name=\"%s\">\n", mozilla::layout::ChildListName(lists.CurrentID()));
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
fprintf(out, "<child-list>\n");
|
|
}
|
|
aIndent++;
|
|
nsFrameList::Enumerator childFrames(lists.CurrentList());
|
|
for (; !childFrames.AtEnd(); childFrames.Next()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* kid = childFrames.get();
|
|
kid->DumpRegressionData(aPresContext, out, aIndent);
|
|
}
|
|
aIndent--;
|
|
IndentBy(out, aIndent);
|
|
fprintf(out, "</child-list>\n");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsFrameSelected() const
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!GetContent() || GetContent()->IsSelectionDescendant(),
|
|
"use the public IsSelected() instead");
|
|
return nsRange::IsNodeSelected(GetContent(), 0,
|
|
GetContent()->GetChildCount());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::GetPointFromOffset(PRInt32 inOffset, nsPoint* outPoint)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(outPoint != nullptr, "Null parameter");
|
|
nsRect contentRect = GetContentRect() - GetPosition();
|
|
nsPoint pt = contentRect.TopLeft();
|
|
if (mContent)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIContent* newContent = mContent->GetParent();
|
|
if (newContent){
|
|
PRInt32 newOffset = newContent->IndexOf(mContent);
|
|
|
|
bool isRTL = (NS_GET_EMBEDDING_LEVEL(this) & 1) == 1;
|
|
if ((!isRTL && inOffset > newOffset) ||
|
|
(isRTL && inOffset <= newOffset)) {
|
|
pt = contentRect.TopRight();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
*outPoint = pt;
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::GetChildFrameContainingOffset(PRInt32 inContentOffset, bool inHint, PRInt32* outFrameContentOffset, nsIFrame **outChildFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(outChildFrame && outFrameContentOffset, "Null parameter");
|
|
*outFrameContentOffset = (PRInt32)inHint;
|
|
//the best frame to reflect any given offset would be a visible frame if possible
|
|
//i.e. we are looking for a valid frame to place the blinking caret
|
|
nsRect rect = GetRect();
|
|
if (!rect.width || !rect.height)
|
|
{
|
|
//if we have a 0 width or height then lets look for another frame that possibly has
|
|
//the same content. If we have no frames in flow then just let us return 'this' frame
|
|
nsIFrame* nextFlow = GetNextInFlow();
|
|
if (nextFlow)
|
|
return nextFlow->GetChildFrameContainingOffset(inContentOffset, inHint, outFrameContentOffset, outChildFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
*outChildFrame = this;
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// What I've pieced together about this routine:
|
|
// Starting with a block frame (from which a line frame can be gotten)
|
|
// and a line number, drill down and get the first/last selectable
|
|
// frame on that line, depending on aPos->mDirection.
|
|
// aOutSideLimit != 0 means ignore aLineStart, instead work from
|
|
// the end (if > 0) or beginning (if < 0).
|
|
//
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::GetNextPrevLineFromeBlockFrame(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
nsPeekOffsetStruct *aPos,
|
|
nsIFrame *aBlockFrame,
|
|
PRInt32 aLineStart,
|
|
PRInt8 aOutSideLimit
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
//magic numbers aLineStart will be -1 for end of block 0 will be start of block
|
|
if (!aBlockFrame || !aPos)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
|
|
|
|
aPos->mResultFrame = nullptr;
|
|
aPos->mResultContent = nullptr;
|
|
aPos->mAttachForward = (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext);
|
|
|
|
nsAutoLineIterator it = aBlockFrame->GetLineIterator();
|
|
if (!it)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
PRInt32 searchingLine = aLineStart;
|
|
PRInt32 countLines = it->GetNumLines();
|
|
if (aOutSideLimit > 0) //start at end
|
|
searchingLine = countLines;
|
|
else if (aOutSideLimit <0)//start at beginning
|
|
searchingLine = -1;//"next" will be 0
|
|
else
|
|
if ((aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious && searchingLine == 0) ||
|
|
(aPos->mDirection == eDirNext && searchingLine >= (countLines -1) )){
|
|
//we need to jump to new block frame.
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
PRInt32 lineFrameCount;
|
|
nsIFrame *resultFrame = nullptr;
|
|
nsIFrame *farStoppingFrame = nullptr; //we keep searching until we find a "this" frame then we go to next line
|
|
nsIFrame *nearStoppingFrame = nullptr; //if we are backing up from edge, stop here
|
|
nsIFrame *firstFrame;
|
|
nsIFrame *lastFrame;
|
|
nsRect rect;
|
|
bool isBeforeFirstFrame, isAfterLastFrame;
|
|
bool found = false;
|
|
|
|
nsresult result = NS_OK;
|
|
while (!found)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious)
|
|
searchingLine --;
|
|
else
|
|
searchingLine ++;
|
|
if ((aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious && searchingLine < 0) ||
|
|
(aPos->mDirection == eDirNext && searchingLine >= countLines ))
|
|
{
|
|
//we need to jump to new block frame.
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
PRUint32 lineFlags;
|
|
result = it->GetLine(searchingLine, &firstFrame, &lineFrameCount,
|
|
rect, &lineFlags);
|
|
if (!lineFrameCount)
|
|
continue;
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result)){
|
|
lastFrame = firstFrame;
|
|
for (;lineFrameCount > 1;lineFrameCount --){
|
|
//result = lastFrame->GetNextSibling(&lastFrame, searchingLine);
|
|
result = it->GetNextSiblingOnLine(lastFrame, searchingLine);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(result) || !lastFrame){
|
|
NS_ERROR("GetLine promised more frames than could be found");
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
GetLastLeaf(aPresContext, &lastFrame);
|
|
|
|
if (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext){
|
|
nearStoppingFrame = firstFrame;
|
|
farStoppingFrame = lastFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
else{
|
|
nearStoppingFrame = lastFrame;
|
|
farStoppingFrame = firstFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
nsPoint offset;
|
|
nsIView * view; //used for call of get offset from view
|
|
aBlockFrame->GetOffsetFromView(offset,&view);
|
|
nscoord newDesiredX = aPos->mDesiredX - offset.x;//get desired x into blockframe coordinates!
|
|
result = it->FindFrameAt(searchingLine, newDesiredX, &resultFrame, &isBeforeFirstFrame, &isAfterLastFrame);
|
|
if(NS_FAILED(result))
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && resultFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
//check to see if this is ANOTHER blockframe inside the other one if so then call into its lines
|
|
nsAutoLineIterator newIt = resultFrame->GetLineIterator();
|
|
if (newIt)
|
|
{
|
|
aPos->mResultFrame = resultFrame;
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
//resultFrame is not a block frame
|
|
result = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIFrameEnumerator> frameTraversal;
|
|
result = NS_NewFrameTraversal(getter_AddRefs(frameTraversal),
|
|
aPresContext, resultFrame,
|
|
ePostOrder,
|
|
false, // aVisual
|
|
aPos->mScrollViewStop,
|
|
false // aFollowOOFs
|
|
);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(result))
|
|
return result;
|
|
nsIFrame *storeOldResultFrame = resultFrame;
|
|
while ( !found ){
|
|
nsPoint point;
|
|
point.x = aPos->mDesiredX;
|
|
|
|
nsRect tempRect = resultFrame->GetRect();
|
|
nsPoint offset;
|
|
nsIView * view; //used for call of get offset from view
|
|
result = resultFrame->GetOffsetFromView(offset, &view);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(result))
|
|
return result;
|
|
point.y = tempRect.height + offset.y;
|
|
|
|
//special check. if we allow non-text selection then we can allow a hit location to fall before a table.
|
|
//otherwise there is no way to get and click signal to fall before a table (it being a line iterator itself)
|
|
nsIPresShell *shell = aPresContext->GetPresShell();
|
|
if (!shell)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
PRInt16 isEditor = shell->GetSelectionFlags();
|
|
isEditor = isEditor == nsISelectionDisplay::DISPLAY_ALL;
|
|
if ( isEditor )
|
|
{
|
|
if (resultFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::tableOuterFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (((point.x - offset.x + tempRect.x)<0) || ((point.x - offset.x+ tempRect.x)>tempRect.width))//off left/right side
|
|
{
|
|
nsIContent* content = resultFrame->GetContent();
|
|
if (content)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIContent* parent = content->GetParent();
|
|
if (parent)
|
|
{
|
|
aPos->mResultContent = parent;
|
|
aPos->mContentOffset = parent->IndexOf(content);
|
|
aPos->mAttachForward = false;
|
|
if ((point.x - offset.x+ tempRect.x)>tempRect.width)
|
|
{
|
|
aPos->mContentOffset++;//go to end of this frame
|
|
aPos->mAttachForward = true;
|
|
}
|
|
//result frame is the result frames parent.
|
|
aPos->mResultFrame = resultFrame->GetParent();
|
|
return NS_POSITION_BEFORE_TABLE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!resultFrame->HasView())
|
|
{
|
|
nsIView* view;
|
|
nsPoint offset;
|
|
resultFrame->GetOffsetFromView(offset, &view);
|
|
ContentOffsets offsets =
|
|
resultFrame->GetContentOffsetsFromPoint(point - offset);
|
|
aPos->mResultContent = offsets.content;
|
|
aPos->mContentOffset = offsets.offset;
|
|
aPos->mAttachForward = offsets.associateWithNext;
|
|
if (offsets.content)
|
|
{
|
|
bool selectable;
|
|
resultFrame->IsSelectable(&selectable, nullptr);
|
|
if (selectable)
|
|
{
|
|
found = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious && (resultFrame == farStoppingFrame))
|
|
break;
|
|
if (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext && (resultFrame == nearStoppingFrame))
|
|
break;
|
|
//always try previous on THAT line if that fails go the other way
|
|
frameTraversal->Prev();
|
|
resultFrame = frameTraversal->CurrentItem();
|
|
if (!resultFrame)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!found){
|
|
resultFrame = storeOldResultFrame;
|
|
result = NS_NewFrameTraversal(getter_AddRefs(frameTraversal),
|
|
aPresContext, resultFrame,
|
|
eLeaf,
|
|
false, // aVisual
|
|
aPos->mScrollViewStop,
|
|
false // aFollowOOFs
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
while ( !found ){
|
|
nsPoint point(aPos->mDesiredX, 0);
|
|
nsIView* view;
|
|
nsPoint offset;
|
|
resultFrame->GetOffsetFromView(offset, &view);
|
|
ContentOffsets offsets =
|
|
resultFrame->GetContentOffsetsFromPoint(point - offset);
|
|
aPos->mResultContent = offsets.content;
|
|
aPos->mContentOffset = offsets.offset;
|
|
aPos->mAttachForward = offsets.associateWithNext;
|
|
if (offsets.content)
|
|
{
|
|
bool selectable;
|
|
resultFrame->IsSelectable(&selectable, nullptr);
|
|
if (selectable)
|
|
{
|
|
found = true;
|
|
if (resultFrame == farStoppingFrame)
|
|
aPos->mAttachForward = false;
|
|
else
|
|
aPos->mAttachForward = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious && (resultFrame == nearStoppingFrame))
|
|
break;
|
|
if (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext && (resultFrame == farStoppingFrame))
|
|
break;
|
|
//previous didnt work now we try "next"
|
|
frameTraversal->Next();
|
|
nsIFrame *tempFrame = frameTraversal->CurrentItem();
|
|
if (!tempFrame)
|
|
break;
|
|
resultFrame = tempFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
aPos->mResultFrame = resultFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
//we need to jump to new block frame.
|
|
aPos->mAmount = eSelectLine;
|
|
aPos->mStartOffset = 0;
|
|
aPos->mAttachForward = !(aPos->mDirection == eDirNext);
|
|
if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious)
|
|
aPos->mStartOffset = -1;//start from end
|
|
return aBlockFrame->PeekOffset(aPos);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::CaretPosition
|
|
nsIFrame::GetExtremeCaretPosition(bool aStart)
|
|
{
|
|
CaretPosition result;
|
|
|
|
FrameTarget targetFrame = DrillDownToSelectionFrame(this, !aStart, 0);
|
|
FrameContentRange range = GetRangeForFrame(targetFrame.frame);
|
|
result.mResultContent = range.content;
|
|
result.mContentOffset = aStart ? range.start : range.end;
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Find the first (or last) descendant of the given frame
|
|
// which is either a block frame or a BRFrame.
|
|
static nsContentAndOffset
|
|
FindBlockFrameOrBR(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsDirection aDirection)
|
|
{
|
|
nsContentAndOffset result;
|
|
result.mContent = nullptr;
|
|
result.mOffset = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (aFrame->IsGeneratedContentFrame())
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
// Treat form controls as inline leaves
|
|
// XXX we really need a way to determine whether a frame is inline-level
|
|
nsIFormControlFrame* fcf = do_QueryFrame(aFrame);
|
|
if (fcf)
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
// Check the frame itself
|
|
// Fall through "special" block frames because their mContent is the content
|
|
// of the inline frames they were created from. The first/last child of
|
|
// such frames is the real block frame we're looking for.
|
|
if ((nsLayoutUtils::GetAsBlock(aFrame) && !(aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_SPECIAL)) ||
|
|
aFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::brFrame) {
|
|
nsIContent* content = aFrame->GetContent();
|
|
result.mContent = content->GetParent();
|
|
// In some cases (bug 310589, bug 370174) we end up here with a null content.
|
|
// This probably shouldn't ever happen, but since it sometimes does, we want
|
|
// to avoid crashing here.
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(result.mContent, "Unexpected orphan content");
|
|
if (result.mContent)
|
|
result.mOffset = result.mContent->IndexOf(content) +
|
|
(aDirection == eDirPrevious ? 1 : 0);
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If this is a preformatted text frame, see if it ends with a newline
|
|
if (aFrame->HasTerminalNewline() &&
|
|
aFrame->GetStyleContext()->GetStyleText()->NewlineIsSignificant()) {
|
|
PRInt32 startOffset, endOffset;
|
|
aFrame->GetOffsets(startOffset, endOffset);
|
|
result.mContent = aFrame->GetContent();
|
|
result.mOffset = endOffset - (aDirection == eDirPrevious ? 0 : 1);
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Iterate over children and call ourselves recursively
|
|
if (aDirection == eDirPrevious) {
|
|
nsIFrame* child = aFrame->GetLastChild(nsIFrame::kPrincipalList);
|
|
while(child && !result.mContent) {
|
|
result = FindBlockFrameOrBR(child, aDirection);
|
|
child = child->GetPrevSibling();
|
|
}
|
|
} else { // eDirNext
|
|
nsIFrame* child = aFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild();
|
|
while(child && !result.mContent) {
|
|
result = FindBlockFrameOrBR(child, aDirection);
|
|
child = child->GetNextSibling();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsIFrame::PeekOffsetParagraph(nsPeekOffsetStruct *aPos)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = this;
|
|
nsContentAndOffset blockFrameOrBR;
|
|
blockFrameOrBR.mContent = nullptr;
|
|
bool reachedBlockAncestor = false;
|
|
|
|
// Go through containing frames until reaching a block frame.
|
|
// In each step, search the previous (or next) siblings for the closest
|
|
// "stop frame" (a block frame or a BRFrame).
|
|
// If found, set it to be the selection boundray and abort.
|
|
|
|
if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious) {
|
|
while (!reachedBlockAncestor) {
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = frame->GetParent();
|
|
// Treat a frame associated with the root content as if it were a block frame.
|
|
if (!frame->mContent || !frame->mContent->GetParent()) {
|
|
reachedBlockAncestor = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* sibling = frame->GetPrevSibling();
|
|
while (sibling && !blockFrameOrBR.mContent) {
|
|
blockFrameOrBR = FindBlockFrameOrBR(sibling, eDirPrevious);
|
|
sibling = sibling->GetPrevSibling();
|
|
}
|
|
if (blockFrameOrBR.mContent) {
|
|
aPos->mResultContent = blockFrameOrBR.mContent;
|
|
aPos->mContentOffset = blockFrameOrBR.mOffset;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
frame = parent;
|
|
reachedBlockAncestor = (nsLayoutUtils::GetAsBlock(frame) != nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
if (reachedBlockAncestor) { // no "stop frame" found
|
|
aPos->mResultContent = frame->GetContent();
|
|
aPos->mContentOffset = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
} else { // eDirNext
|
|
while (!reachedBlockAncestor) {
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = frame->GetParent();
|
|
// Treat a frame associated with the root content as if it were a block frame.
|
|
if (!frame->mContent || !frame->mContent->GetParent()) {
|
|
reachedBlockAncestor = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* sibling = frame;
|
|
while (sibling && !blockFrameOrBR.mContent) {
|
|
blockFrameOrBR = FindBlockFrameOrBR(sibling, eDirNext);
|
|
sibling = sibling->GetNextSibling();
|
|
}
|
|
if (blockFrameOrBR.mContent) {
|
|
aPos->mResultContent = blockFrameOrBR.mContent;
|
|
aPos->mContentOffset = blockFrameOrBR.mOffset;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
frame = parent;
|
|
reachedBlockAncestor = (nsLayoutUtils::GetAsBlock(frame) != nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
if (reachedBlockAncestor) { // no "stop frame" found
|
|
aPos->mResultContent = frame->GetContent();
|
|
if (aPos->mResultContent)
|
|
aPos->mContentOffset = aPos->mResultContent->GetChildCount();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Determine movement direction relative to frame
|
|
static bool IsMovingInFrameDirection(nsIFrame* frame, nsDirection aDirection, bool aVisual)
|
|
{
|
|
bool isReverseDirection = aVisual ?
|
|
(NS_GET_EMBEDDING_LEVEL(frame) & 1) != (NS_GET_BASE_LEVEL(frame) & 1) : false;
|
|
return aDirection == (isReverseDirection ? eDirPrevious : eDirNext);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsIFrame::PeekOffset(nsPeekOffsetStruct* aPos)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aPos)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
|
|
nsresult result = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
|
|
if (mState & NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
|
|
|
|
// Translate content offset to be relative to frame
|
|
FrameContentRange range = GetRangeForFrame(this);
|
|
PRInt32 offset = aPos->mStartOffset - range.start;
|
|
nsIFrame* current = this;
|
|
|
|
switch (aPos->mAmount) {
|
|
case eSelectCharacter:
|
|
case eSelectCluster:
|
|
{
|
|
bool eatingNonRenderableWS = false;
|
|
bool done = false;
|
|
bool jumpedLine = false;
|
|
|
|
while (!done) {
|
|
bool movingInFrameDirection =
|
|
IsMovingInFrameDirection(current, aPos->mDirection, aPos->mVisual);
|
|
|
|
if (eatingNonRenderableWS)
|
|
done = current->PeekOffsetNoAmount(movingInFrameDirection, &offset);
|
|
else
|
|
done = current->PeekOffsetCharacter(movingInFrameDirection, &offset,
|
|
aPos->mAmount == eSelectCluster);
|
|
|
|
if (!done) {
|
|
result =
|
|
current->GetFrameFromDirection(aPos->mDirection, aPos->mVisual,
|
|
aPos->mJumpLines, aPos->mScrollViewStop,
|
|
¤t, &offset, &jumpedLine);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(result))
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
// If we jumped lines, it's as if we found a character, but we still need
|
|
// to eat non-renderable content on the new line.
|
|
if (jumpedLine)
|
|
eatingNonRenderableWS = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Set outputs
|
|
range = GetRangeForFrame(current);
|
|
aPos->mResultFrame = current;
|
|
aPos->mResultContent = range.content;
|
|
// Output offset is relative to content, not frame
|
|
aPos->mContentOffset = offset < 0 ? range.end : range.start + offset;
|
|
// If we're dealing with a text frame and moving backward positions us at
|
|
// the end of that line, decrease the offset by one to make sure that
|
|
// we're placed before the linefeed character on the previous line.
|
|
if (offset < 0 && jumpedLine &&
|
|
aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious &&
|
|
current->GetStyleText()->NewlineIsSignificant() &&
|
|
current->HasTerminalNewline()) {
|
|
--aPos->mContentOffset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case eSelectWordNoSpace:
|
|
// eSelectWordNoSpace means that we should not be eating any whitespace when
|
|
// moving to the adjacent word. This means that we should set aPos->
|
|
// mWordMovementType to eEndWord if we're moving forwards, and to eStartWord
|
|
// if we're moving backwards.
|
|
if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious) {
|
|
aPos->mWordMovementType = eStartWord;
|
|
} else {
|
|
aPos->mWordMovementType = eEndWord;
|
|
}
|
|
// Intentionally fall through the eSelectWord case.
|
|
case eSelectWord:
|
|
{
|
|
// wordSelectEatSpace means "are we looking for a boundary between whitespace
|
|
// and non-whitespace (in the direction we're moving in)".
|
|
// It is true when moving forward and looking for a beginning of a word, or
|
|
// when moving backwards and looking for an end of a word.
|
|
bool wordSelectEatSpace;
|
|
if (aPos->mWordMovementType != eDefaultBehavior) {
|
|
// aPos->mWordMovementType possible values:
|
|
// eEndWord: eat the space if we're moving backwards
|
|
// eStartWord: eat the space if we're moving forwards
|
|
wordSelectEatSpace = ((aPos->mWordMovementType == eEndWord) == (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious));
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
// Use the hidden preference which is based on operating system behavior.
|
|
// This pref only affects whether moving forward by word should go to the end of this word or start of the next word.
|
|
// When going backwards, the start of the word is always used, on every operating system.
|
|
wordSelectEatSpace = aPos->mDirection == eDirNext &&
|
|
Preferences::GetBool("layout.word_select.eat_space_to_next_word");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// mSawBeforeType means "we already saw characters of the type
|
|
// before the boundary we're looking for". Examples:
|
|
// 1. If we're moving forward, looking for a word beginning (i.e. a boundary
|
|
// between whitespace and non-whitespace), then eatingWS==true means
|
|
// "we already saw some whitespace".
|
|
// 2. If we're moving backward, looking for a word beginning (i.e. a boundary
|
|
// between non-whitespace and whitespace), then eatingWS==true means
|
|
// "we already saw some non-whitespace".
|
|
PeekWordState state;
|
|
PRInt32 offsetAdjustment = 0;
|
|
bool done = false;
|
|
while (!done) {
|
|
bool movingInFrameDirection =
|
|
IsMovingInFrameDirection(current, aPos->mDirection, aPos->mVisual);
|
|
|
|
done = current->PeekOffsetWord(movingInFrameDirection, wordSelectEatSpace,
|
|
aPos->mIsKeyboardSelect, &offset, &state);
|
|
|
|
if (!done) {
|
|
nsIFrame* nextFrame;
|
|
PRInt32 nextFrameOffset;
|
|
bool jumpedLine;
|
|
result =
|
|
current->GetFrameFromDirection(aPos->mDirection, aPos->mVisual,
|
|
aPos->mJumpLines, aPos->mScrollViewStop,
|
|
&nextFrame, &nextFrameOffset, &jumpedLine);
|
|
// We can't jump lines if we're looking for whitespace following
|
|
// non-whitespace, and we already encountered non-whitespace.
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(result) ||
|
|
(jumpedLine && !wordSelectEatSpace && state.mSawBeforeType)) {
|
|
done = true;
|
|
// If we've crossed the line boundary, check to make sure that we
|
|
// have not consumed a trailing newline as whitesapce if it's significant.
|
|
if (jumpedLine && wordSelectEatSpace &&
|
|
current->HasTerminalNewline() &&
|
|
current->GetStyleText()->NewlineIsSignificant()) {
|
|
offsetAdjustment = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (jumpedLine) {
|
|
state.mContext.Truncate();
|
|
}
|
|
current = nextFrame;
|
|
offset = nextFrameOffset;
|
|
// Jumping a line is equivalent to encountering whitespace
|
|
if (wordSelectEatSpace && jumpedLine)
|
|
state.SetSawBeforeType();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Set outputs
|
|
range = GetRangeForFrame(current);
|
|
aPos->mResultFrame = current;
|
|
aPos->mResultContent = range.content;
|
|
// Output offset is relative to content, not frame
|
|
aPos->mContentOffset = (offset < 0 ? range.end : range.start + offset) + offsetAdjustment;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case eSelectLine :
|
|
{
|
|
nsAutoLineIterator iter;
|
|
nsIFrame *blockFrame = this;
|
|
|
|
while (NS_FAILED(result)){
|
|
PRInt32 thisLine = nsFrame::GetLineNumber(blockFrame, aPos->mScrollViewStop, &blockFrame);
|
|
if (thisLine < 0)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
iter = blockFrame->GetLineIterator();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(iter, "GetLineNumber() succeeded but no block frame?");
|
|
result = NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
int edgeCase = 0;//no edge case. this should look at thisLine
|
|
|
|
bool doneLooping = false;//tells us when no more block frames hit.
|
|
//this part will find a frame or a block frame. if it's a block frame
|
|
//it will "drill down" to find a viable frame or it will return an error.
|
|
nsIFrame *lastFrame = this;
|
|
do {
|
|
result = nsFrame::GetNextPrevLineFromeBlockFrame(PresContext(),
|
|
aPos,
|
|
blockFrame,
|
|
thisLine,
|
|
edgeCase //start from thisLine
|
|
);
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && (!aPos->mResultFrame || aPos->mResultFrame == lastFrame))//we came back to same spot! keep going
|
|
{
|
|
aPos->mResultFrame = nullptr;
|
|
if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious)
|
|
thisLine--;
|
|
else
|
|
thisLine++;
|
|
}
|
|
else //if failure or success with different frame.
|
|
doneLooping = true; //do not continue with while loop
|
|
|
|
lastFrame = aPos->mResultFrame; //set last frame
|
|
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && aPos->mResultFrame
|
|
&& blockFrame != aPos->mResultFrame)// make sure block element is not the same as the one we had before
|
|
{
|
|
/* SPECIAL CHECK FOR TABLE NAVIGATION
|
|
tables need to navigate also and the frame that supports it is nsTableRowGroupFrame which is INSIDE
|
|
nsTableOuterFrame. if we have stumbled onto an nsTableOuter we need to drill into nsTableRowGroup
|
|
if we hit a header or footer that's ok just go into them,
|
|
*/
|
|
bool searchTableBool = false;
|
|
if (aPos->mResultFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::tableOuterFrame ||
|
|
aPos->mResultFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::tableCellFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame *frame = aPos->mResultFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild();
|
|
//got the table frame now
|
|
while(frame) //ok time to drill down to find iterator
|
|
{
|
|
iter = frame->GetLineIterator();
|
|
if (iter)
|
|
{
|
|
aPos->mResultFrame = frame;
|
|
searchTableBool = true;
|
|
result = NS_OK;
|
|
break; //while(frame)
|
|
}
|
|
result = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
frame = frame->GetFirstPrincipalChild();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!searchTableBool) {
|
|
iter = aPos->mResultFrame->GetLineIterator();
|
|
result = iter ? NS_OK : NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && iter)//we've struck another block element!
|
|
{
|
|
doneLooping = false;
|
|
if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious)
|
|
edgeCase = 1;//far edge, search from end backwards
|
|
else
|
|
edgeCase = -1;//near edge search from beginning onwards
|
|
thisLine=0;//this line means nothing now.
|
|
//everything else means something so keep looking "inside" the block
|
|
blockFrame = aPos->mResultFrame;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
result = NS_OK;//THIS is to mean that everything is ok to the containing while loop
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} while (!doneLooping);
|
|
}
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case eSelectParagraph:
|
|
return PeekOffsetParagraph(aPos);
|
|
|
|
case eSelectBeginLine:
|
|
case eSelectEndLine:
|
|
{
|
|
// Adjusted so that the caret can't get confused when content changes
|
|
nsIFrame* blockFrame = AdjustFrameForSelectionStyles(this);
|
|
PRInt32 thisLine = nsFrame::GetLineNumber(blockFrame, aPos->mScrollViewStop, &blockFrame);
|
|
if (thisLine < 0)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
nsAutoLineIterator it = blockFrame->GetLineIterator();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(it, "GetLineNumber() succeeded but no block frame?");
|
|
|
|
PRInt32 lineFrameCount;
|
|
nsIFrame *firstFrame;
|
|
nsRect usedRect;
|
|
PRUint32 lineFlags;
|
|
nsIFrame* baseFrame = nullptr;
|
|
bool endOfLine = (eSelectEndLine == aPos->mAmount);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef IBMBIDI
|
|
if (aPos->mVisual && PresContext()->BidiEnabled()) {
|
|
bool lineIsRTL = it->GetDirection();
|
|
bool isReordered;
|
|
nsIFrame *lastFrame;
|
|
result = it->CheckLineOrder(thisLine, &isReordered, &firstFrame, &lastFrame);
|
|
baseFrame = endOfLine ? lastFrame : firstFrame;
|
|
if (baseFrame) {
|
|
nsBidiLevel embeddingLevel = nsBidiPresUtils::GetFrameEmbeddingLevel(baseFrame);
|
|
// If the direction of the frame on the edge is opposite to that of the line,
|
|
// we'll need to drill down to its opposite end, so reverse endOfLine.
|
|
if ((embeddingLevel & 1) == !lineIsRTL)
|
|
endOfLine = !endOfLine;
|
|
}
|
|
} else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
it->GetLine(thisLine, &firstFrame, &lineFrameCount, usedRect, &lineFlags);
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = firstFrame;
|
|
for (PRInt32 count = lineFrameCount; count;
|
|
--count, frame = frame->GetNextSibling()) {
|
|
if (!frame->IsGeneratedContentFrame()) {
|
|
baseFrame = frame;
|
|
if (!endOfLine)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (!baseFrame)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
FrameTarget targetFrame = DrillDownToSelectionFrame(baseFrame,
|
|
endOfLine, 0);
|
|
FrameContentRange range = GetRangeForFrame(targetFrame.frame);
|
|
aPos->mResultContent = range.content;
|
|
aPos->mContentOffset = endOfLine ? range.end : range.start;
|
|
if (endOfLine && targetFrame.frame->HasTerminalNewline()) {
|
|
// Do not position the caret after the terminating newline if we're
|
|
// trying to move to the end of line (see bug 596506)
|
|
--aPos->mContentOffset;
|
|
}
|
|
aPos->mResultFrame = targetFrame.frame;
|
|
aPos->mAttachForward = (aPos->mContentOffset == range.start);
|
|
if (!range.content)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(false, "Invalid amount");
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsFrame::PeekOffsetNoAmount(bool aForward, PRInt32* aOffset)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION (aOffset && *aOffset <= 1, "aOffset out of range");
|
|
// Sure, we can stop right here.
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsFrame::PeekOffsetCharacter(bool aForward, PRInt32* aOffset,
|
|
bool aRespectClusters)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION (aOffset && *aOffset <= 1, "aOffset out of range");
|
|
PRInt32 startOffset = *aOffset;
|
|
// A negative offset means "end of frame", which in our case means offset 1.
|
|
if (startOffset < 0)
|
|
startOffset = 1;
|
|
if (aForward == (startOffset == 0)) {
|
|
// We're before the frame and moving forward, or after it and moving backwards:
|
|
// skip to the other side and we're done.
|
|
*aOffset = 1 - startOffset;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsFrame::PeekOffsetWord(bool aForward, bool aWordSelectEatSpace, bool aIsKeyboardSelect,
|
|
PRInt32* aOffset, PeekWordState* aState)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION (aOffset && *aOffset <= 1, "aOffset out of range");
|
|
PRInt32 startOffset = *aOffset;
|
|
// This isn't text, so truncate the context
|
|
aState->mContext.Truncate();
|
|
if (startOffset < 0)
|
|
startOffset = 1;
|
|
if (aForward == (startOffset == 0)) {
|
|
// We're before the frame and moving forward, or after it and moving backwards.
|
|
// If we're looking for non-whitespace, we found it (without skipping this frame).
|
|
if (!aState->mAtStart) {
|
|
if (aState->mLastCharWasPunctuation) {
|
|
// We're not punctuation, so this is a punctuation boundary.
|
|
if (BreakWordBetweenPunctuation(aState, aForward, false, false, aIsKeyboardSelect))
|
|
return true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// This is not a punctuation boundary.
|
|
if (aWordSelectEatSpace && aState->mSawBeforeType)
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// Otherwise skip to the other side and note that we encountered non-whitespace.
|
|
*aOffset = 1 - startOffset;
|
|
aState->Update(false, // not punctuation
|
|
false // not whitespace
|
|
);
|
|
if (!aWordSelectEatSpace)
|
|
aState->SetSawBeforeType();
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsFrame::BreakWordBetweenPunctuation(const PeekWordState* aState,
|
|
bool aForward,
|
|
bool aPunctAfter, bool aWhitespaceAfter,
|
|
bool aIsKeyboardSelect)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aPunctAfter != aState->mLastCharWasPunctuation,
|
|
"Call this only at punctuation boundaries");
|
|
if (aState->mLastCharWasWhitespace) {
|
|
// We always stop between whitespace and punctuation
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!Preferences::GetBool("layout.word_select.stop_at_punctuation")) {
|
|
// When this pref is false, we never stop at a punctuation boundary unless
|
|
// it's after whitespace
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!aIsKeyboardSelect) {
|
|
// mouse caret movement (e.g. word selection) always stops at every punctuation boundary
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
bool afterPunct = aForward ? aState->mLastCharWasPunctuation : aPunctAfter;
|
|
if (!afterPunct) {
|
|
// keyboard caret movement only stops after punctuation (in content order)
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
// Stop only if we've seen some non-punctuation since the last whitespace;
|
|
// don't stop after punctuation that follows whitespace.
|
|
return aState->mSeenNonPunctuationSinceWhitespace;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::CheckVisibility(nsPresContext* , PRInt32 , PRInt32 , bool , bool *, bool *)
|
|
{
|
|
return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRInt32
|
|
nsFrame::GetLineNumber(nsIFrame *aFrame, bool aLockScroll, nsIFrame** aContainingBlock)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "null aFrame");
|
|
nsFrameManager* frameManager = aFrame->PresContext()->FrameManager();
|
|
nsIFrame *blockFrame = aFrame;
|
|
nsIFrame *thisBlock;
|
|
nsAutoLineIterator it;
|
|
nsresult result = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
while (NS_FAILED(result) && blockFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
thisBlock = blockFrame;
|
|
if (thisBlock->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW) {
|
|
//if we are searching for a frame that is not in flow we will not find it.
|
|
//we must instead look for its placeholder
|
|
if (thisBlock->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_OVERFLOW_CONTAINER) {
|
|
// abspos continuations don't have placeholders, get the fif
|
|
thisBlock = thisBlock->GetFirstInFlow();
|
|
}
|
|
thisBlock = frameManager->GetPlaceholderFrameFor(thisBlock);
|
|
if (!thisBlock)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
blockFrame = thisBlock->GetParent();
|
|
result = NS_OK;
|
|
if (blockFrame) {
|
|
if (aLockScroll && blockFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::scrollFrame)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
it = blockFrame->GetLineIterator();
|
|
if (!it)
|
|
result = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (!blockFrame || !it)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
if (aContainingBlock)
|
|
*aContainingBlock = blockFrame;
|
|
return it->FindLineContaining(thisBlock);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsIFrame::GetFrameFromDirection(nsDirection aDirection, bool aVisual,
|
|
bool aJumpLines, bool aScrollViewStop,
|
|
nsIFrame** aOutFrame, PRInt32* aOutOffset, bool* aOutJumpedLine)
|
|
{
|
|
nsresult result;
|
|
|
|
if (!aOutFrame || !aOutOffset || !aOutJumpedLine)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
|
|
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = PresContext();
|
|
*aOutFrame = nullptr;
|
|
*aOutOffset = 0;
|
|
*aOutJumpedLine = false;
|
|
|
|
// Find the prev/next selectable frame
|
|
bool selectable = false;
|
|
nsIFrame *traversedFrame = this;
|
|
while (!selectable) {
|
|
nsIFrame *blockFrame;
|
|
|
|
PRInt32 thisLine = nsFrame::GetLineNumber(traversedFrame, aScrollViewStop, &blockFrame);
|
|
if (thisLine < 0)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
|
|
nsAutoLineIterator it = blockFrame->GetLineIterator();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(it, "GetLineNumber() succeeded but no block frame?");
|
|
|
|
bool atLineEdge;
|
|
nsIFrame *firstFrame;
|
|
nsIFrame *lastFrame;
|
|
#ifdef IBMBIDI
|
|
if (aVisual && presContext->BidiEnabled()) {
|
|
bool lineIsRTL = it->GetDirection();
|
|
bool isReordered;
|
|
result = it->CheckLineOrder(thisLine, &isReordered, &firstFrame, &lastFrame);
|
|
nsIFrame** framePtr = aDirection == eDirPrevious ? &firstFrame : &lastFrame;
|
|
if (*framePtr) {
|
|
nsBidiLevel embeddingLevel = nsBidiPresUtils::GetFrameEmbeddingLevel(*framePtr);
|
|
if ((((embeddingLevel & 1) && lineIsRTL) || (!(embeddingLevel & 1) && !lineIsRTL)) ==
|
|
(aDirection == eDirPrevious)) {
|
|
nsFrame::GetFirstLeaf(presContext, framePtr);
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsFrame::GetLastLeaf(presContext, framePtr);
|
|
}
|
|
atLineEdge = *framePtr == traversedFrame;
|
|
} else {
|
|
atLineEdge = true;
|
|
}
|
|
} else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
nsRect nonUsedRect;
|
|
PRInt32 lineFrameCount;
|
|
PRUint32 lineFlags;
|
|
result = it->GetLine(thisLine, &firstFrame, &lineFrameCount,nonUsedRect,
|
|
&lineFlags);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(result))
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
if (aDirection == eDirPrevious) {
|
|
nsFrame::GetFirstLeaf(presContext, &firstFrame);
|
|
atLineEdge = firstFrame == traversedFrame;
|
|
} else { // eDirNext
|
|
lastFrame = firstFrame;
|
|
for (;lineFrameCount > 1;lineFrameCount --){
|
|
result = it->GetNextSiblingOnLine(lastFrame, thisLine);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(result) || !lastFrame){
|
|
NS_ERROR("should not be reached nsFrame");
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
nsFrame::GetLastLeaf(presContext, &lastFrame);
|
|
atLineEdge = lastFrame == traversedFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (atLineEdge) {
|
|
*aOutJumpedLine = true;
|
|
if (!aJumpLines)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE; //we are done. cannot jump lines
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIFrameEnumerator> frameTraversal;
|
|
result = NS_NewFrameTraversal(getter_AddRefs(frameTraversal),
|
|
presContext, traversedFrame,
|
|
eLeaf,
|
|
aVisual && presContext->BidiEnabled(),
|
|
aScrollViewStop,
|
|
true // aFollowOOFs
|
|
);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(result))
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
if (aDirection == eDirNext)
|
|
frameTraversal->Next();
|
|
else
|
|
frameTraversal->Prev();
|
|
|
|
traversedFrame = frameTraversal->CurrentItem();
|
|
if (!traversedFrame)
|
|
return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
traversedFrame->IsSelectable(&selectable, nullptr);
|
|
} // while (!selectable)
|
|
|
|
*aOutOffset = (aDirection == eDirNext) ? 0 : -1;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef IBMBIDI
|
|
if (aVisual) {
|
|
PRUint8 newLevel = NS_GET_EMBEDDING_LEVEL(traversedFrame);
|
|
PRUint8 newBaseLevel = NS_GET_BASE_LEVEL(traversedFrame);
|
|
if ((newLevel & 1) != (newBaseLevel & 1)) // The new frame is reverse-direction, go to the other end
|
|
*aOutOffset = -1 - *aOutOffset;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
*aOutFrame = traversedFrame;
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIView* nsIFrame::GetClosestView(nsPoint* aOffset) const
|
|
{
|
|
nsPoint offset(0,0);
|
|
for (const nsIFrame *f = this; f; f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|
if (f->HasView()) {
|
|
if (aOffset)
|
|
*aOffset = offset;
|
|
return f->GetView();
|
|
}
|
|
offset += f->GetPosition();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("No view on any parent? How did that happen?");
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ void
|
|
nsFrame::ChildIsDirty(nsIFrame* aChild)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("should never be called on a frame that doesn't inherit from "
|
|
"nsContainerFrame");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef ACCESSIBILITY
|
|
already_AddRefed<Accessible>
|
|
nsFrame::CreateAccessible()
|
|
{
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
NS_DECLARE_FRAME_PROPERTY(OverflowAreasProperty,
|
|
nsIFrame::DestroyOverflowAreas)
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::ClearOverflowRects()
|
|
{
|
|
if (mOverflow.mType == NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_NONE) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
if (mOverflow.mType == NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_LARGE) {
|
|
Properties().Delete(OverflowAreasProperty());
|
|
}
|
|
mOverflow.mType = NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_NONE;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/** Create or retrieve the previously stored overflow area, if the frame does
|
|
* not overflow and no creation is required return nullptr.
|
|
* @return pointer to the overflow area rectangle
|
|
*/
|
|
nsOverflowAreas*
|
|
nsIFrame::GetOverflowAreasProperty()
|
|
{
|
|
FrameProperties props = Properties();
|
|
nsOverflowAreas *overflow =
|
|
static_cast<nsOverflowAreas*>(props.Get(OverflowAreasProperty()));
|
|
|
|
if (overflow) {
|
|
return overflow; // the property already exists
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The property isn't set yet, so allocate a new rect, set the property,
|
|
// and return the newly allocated rect
|
|
overflow = new nsOverflowAreas;
|
|
props.Set(OverflowAreasProperty(), overflow);
|
|
return overflow;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/** Set the overflowArea rect, storing it as deltas or a separate rect
|
|
* depending on its size in relation to the primary frame rect.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::SetOverflowAreas(const nsOverflowAreas& aOverflowAreas)
|
|
{
|
|
if (mOverflow.mType == NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_LARGE) {
|
|
nsOverflowAreas *overflow =
|
|
static_cast<nsOverflowAreas*>(Properties().Get(OverflowAreasProperty()));
|
|
bool changed = *overflow != aOverflowAreas;
|
|
*overflow = aOverflowAreas;
|
|
|
|
// Don't bother with converting to the deltas form if we already
|
|
// have a property.
|
|
return changed;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsRect& vis = aOverflowAreas.VisualOverflow();
|
|
PRUint32 l = -vis.x, // left edge: positive delta is leftwards
|
|
t = -vis.y, // top: positive is upwards
|
|
r = vis.XMost() - mRect.width, // right: positive is rightwards
|
|
b = vis.YMost() - mRect.height; // bottom: positive is downwards
|
|
if (aOverflowAreas.ScrollableOverflow().IsEqualEdges(nsRect(nsPoint(0, 0), GetSize())) &&
|
|
l <= NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_DELTA_MAX &&
|
|
t <= NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_DELTA_MAX &&
|
|
r <= NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_DELTA_MAX &&
|
|
b <= NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_DELTA_MAX &&
|
|
// we have to check these against zero because we *never* want to
|
|
// set a frame as having no overflow in this function. This is
|
|
// because FinishAndStoreOverflow calls this function prior to
|
|
// SetRect based on whether the overflow areas match aNewSize.
|
|
// In the case where the overflow areas exactly match mRect but
|
|
// do not match aNewSize, we need to store overflow in a property
|
|
// so that our eventual SetRect/SetSize will know that it has to
|
|
// reset our overflow areas.
|
|
(l | t | r | b) != 0) {
|
|
VisualDeltas oldDeltas = mOverflow.mVisualDeltas;
|
|
// It's a "small" overflow area so we store the deltas for each edge
|
|
// directly in the frame, rather than allocating a separate rect.
|
|
// If they're all zero, that's fine; we're setting things to
|
|
// no-overflow.
|
|
mOverflow.mVisualDeltas.mLeft = l;
|
|
mOverflow.mVisualDeltas.mTop = t;
|
|
mOverflow.mVisualDeltas.mRight = r;
|
|
mOverflow.mVisualDeltas.mBottom = b;
|
|
// There was no scrollable overflow before, and there isn't now.
|
|
return oldDeltas != mOverflow.mVisualDeltas;
|
|
} else {
|
|
bool changed = !aOverflowAreas.ScrollableOverflow().IsEqualEdges(nsRect(nsPoint(0, 0), GetSize())) ||
|
|
!aOverflowAreas.VisualOverflow().IsEqualEdges(GetVisualOverflowFromDeltas());
|
|
|
|
// it's a large overflow area that we need to store as a property
|
|
mOverflow.mType = NS_FRAME_OVERFLOW_LARGE;
|
|
nsOverflowAreas* overflow = GetOverflowAreasProperty();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(overflow, "should have created areas");
|
|
*overflow = aOverflowAreas;
|
|
return changed;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inline bool
|
|
IsInlineFrame(nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIAtom *type = aFrame->GetType();
|
|
return type == nsGkAtoms::inlineFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::FinishAndStoreOverflow(nsOverflowAreas& aOverflowAreas,
|
|
nsSize aNewSize)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRect bounds(nsPoint(0, 0), aNewSize);
|
|
// Store the passed in overflow area if we are a preserve-3d frame,
|
|
// and it's not just the frame bounds.
|
|
if ((Preserves3D() || HasPerspective()) && (!aOverflowAreas.VisualOverflow().IsEqualEdges(bounds) ||
|
|
!aOverflowAreas.ScrollableOverflow().IsEqualEdges(bounds))) {
|
|
nsOverflowAreas* initial =
|
|
static_cast<nsOverflowAreas*>(Properties().Get(nsIFrame::InitialOverflowProperty()));
|
|
if (!initial) {
|
|
Properties().Set(nsIFrame::InitialOverflowProperty(),
|
|
new nsOverflowAreas(aOverflowAreas));
|
|
} else if (initial != &aOverflowAreas) {
|
|
*initial = aOverflowAreas;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This is now called FinishAndStoreOverflow() instead of
|
|
// StoreOverflow() because frame-generic ways of adding overflow
|
|
// can happen here, e.g. CSS2 outline and native theme.
|
|
// If the overflow area width or height is nscoord_MAX, then a
|
|
// saturating union may have encounted an overflow, so the overflow may not
|
|
// contain the frame border-box. Don't warn in that case.
|
|
// Don't warn for SVG either, since SVG doesn't need the overflow area
|
|
// to contain the frame bounds.
|
|
NS_FOR_FRAME_OVERFLOW_TYPES(otype) {
|
|
DebugOnly<nsRect*> r = &aOverflowAreas.Overflow(otype);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aNewSize.width == 0 || aNewSize.height == 0 ||
|
|
r->width == nscoord_MAX || r->height == nscoord_MAX ||
|
|
(mState & NS_FRAME_SVG_LAYOUT) ||
|
|
r->Contains(nsRect(nsPoint(0,0), aNewSize)),
|
|
"Computed overflow area must contain frame bounds");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we clip our children, clear accumulated overflow area. The
|
|
// children are actually clipped to the padding-box, but since the
|
|
// overflow area should include the entire border-box, just set it to
|
|
// the border-box here.
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* disp = GetStyleDisplay();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION((disp->mOverflowY == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP) ==
|
|
(disp->mOverflowX == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP),
|
|
"If one overflow is clip, the other should be too");
|
|
if (nsFrame::ApplyOverflowClipping(this, disp)) {
|
|
// The contents are actually clipped to the padding area
|
|
aOverflowAreas.SetAllTo(bounds);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Overflow area must always include the frame's top-left and bottom-right,
|
|
// even if the frame rect is empty (so we can scroll to those positions).
|
|
// Pending a real fix for bug 426879, don't do this for inline frames
|
|
// with zero width.
|
|
// Do not do this for SVG either, since it will usually massively increase
|
|
// the area unnecessarily.
|
|
if ((aNewSize.width != 0 || !IsInlineFrame(this)) &&
|
|
!(GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_SVG_LAYOUT)) {
|
|
NS_FOR_FRAME_OVERFLOW_TYPES(otype) {
|
|
nsRect& o = aOverflowAreas.Overflow(otype);
|
|
o.UnionRectEdges(o, bounds);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Note that NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_CLIP doesn't clip the frame background,
|
|
// so we add theme background overflow here so it's not clipped.
|
|
if (!IsBoxWrapped() && IsThemed(disp)) {
|
|
nsRect r(bounds);
|
|
nsPresContext *presContext = PresContext();
|
|
if (presContext->GetTheme()->
|
|
GetWidgetOverflow(presContext->DeviceContext(), this,
|
|
disp->mAppearance, &r)) {
|
|
nsRect& vo = aOverflowAreas.VisualOverflow();
|
|
vo.UnionRectEdges(vo, r);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Nothing in here should affect scrollable overflow.
|
|
bool hasOutlineOrEffects;
|
|
aOverflowAreas.VisualOverflow() =
|
|
ComputeOutlineAndEffectsRect(this, &hasOutlineOrEffects,
|
|
aOverflowAreas.VisualOverflow(), aNewSize,
|
|
true);
|
|
|
|
// Absolute position clipping
|
|
bool didHaveClipPropClip = (GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_HAS_CLIP) != 0;
|
|
nsRect clipPropClipRect;
|
|
bool hasClipPropClip = GetClipPropClipRect(disp, &clipPropClipRect, aNewSize);
|
|
if (hasClipPropClip) {
|
|
NS_FOR_FRAME_OVERFLOW_TYPES(otype) {
|
|
nsRect& o = aOverflowAreas.Overflow(otype);
|
|
o.IntersectRect(o, clipPropClipRect);
|
|
}
|
|
AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_CLIP);
|
|
} else {
|
|
RemoveStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_CLIP);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool preTransformVisualOverflowChanged =
|
|
!GetVisualOverflowRectRelativeToSelf().IsEqualInterior(aOverflowAreas.VisualOverflow());
|
|
|
|
/* If we're transformed, transform the overflow rect by the current transformation. */
|
|
bool hasTransform = IsTransformed();
|
|
if (hasTransform) {
|
|
Properties().Set(nsIFrame::PreTransformOverflowAreasProperty(),
|
|
new nsOverflowAreas(aOverflowAreas));
|
|
/* Since our size might not actually have been computed yet, we need to make sure that we use the
|
|
* correct dimensions by overriding the stored bounding rectangle with the value the caller has
|
|
* ensured us we'll use.
|
|
*/
|
|
nsRect newBounds(nsPoint(0, 0), aNewSize);
|
|
// Transform affects both overflow areas.
|
|
NS_FOR_FRAME_OVERFLOW_TYPES(otype) {
|
|
nsRect& o = aOverflowAreas.Overflow(otype);
|
|
o = nsDisplayTransform::TransformRect(o, this, nsPoint(0, 0), &newBounds);
|
|
}
|
|
if (Preserves3DChildren()) {
|
|
ComputePreserve3DChildrenOverflow(aOverflowAreas, newBounds);
|
|
} else if (ChildrenHavePerspective()) {
|
|
RecomputePerspectiveChildrenOverflow(this->GetStyleContext(), &newBounds);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
Properties().Delete(nsIFrame::PreTransformOverflowAreasProperty());
|
|
if (ChildrenHavePerspective()) {
|
|
nsRect newBounds(nsPoint(0, 0), aNewSize);
|
|
RecomputePerspectiveChildrenOverflow(this->GetStyleContext(), &newBounds);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool anyOverflowChanged;
|
|
if (aOverflowAreas != nsOverflowAreas(bounds, bounds)) {
|
|
anyOverflowChanged = SetOverflowAreas(aOverflowAreas);
|
|
} else {
|
|
anyOverflowChanged = ClearOverflowRects();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (preTransformVisualOverflowChanged) {
|
|
if (hasOutlineOrEffects) {
|
|
// When there's an outline or box-shadow or SVG effects,
|
|
// changes to those styles might require repainting of the old and new
|
|
// overflow areas. Repainting of the old overflow area is handled in
|
|
// nsCSSFrameConstructor::DoApplyRenderingChangeToTree in response
|
|
// to nsChangeHint_RepaintFrame. Since the new overflow area is not
|
|
// known at that time, we have to handle it here.
|
|
// If the overflow area hasn't changed, then we don't have to do
|
|
// anything here since repainting the old overflow area was enough.
|
|
// If there is no outline or other effects now, then we don't have
|
|
// to do anything here since removing those styles can't require
|
|
// repainting of areas that weren't in the old overflow area.
|
|
Invalidate(aOverflowAreas.VisualOverflow());
|
|
} else if (hasClipPropClip || didHaveClipPropClip) {
|
|
// If we are (or were) clipped by the 'clip' property, and our
|
|
// overflow area changes, it might be because the clipping changed.
|
|
// The nsChangeHint_RepaintFrame for the style change will only
|
|
// repaint the old overflow area, so if the overflow area has
|
|
// changed (in particular, if it grows), we have to repaint the
|
|
// new area here.
|
|
Invalidate(aOverflowAreas.VisualOverflow());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// XXXSDL For SVG the invalidation happens in ReflowSVG for now, so we
|
|
// don't currently invalidate SVG here:
|
|
if (anyOverflowChanged && hasTransform &&
|
|
!(GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_SVG_LAYOUT)) {
|
|
// When there's a transform, changes to that style might require
|
|
// repainting of the old and new overflow areas in the widget.
|
|
// Repainting of the frame itself will not be required if there's
|
|
// a retained layer, so we can call InvalidateLayer here
|
|
// which will avoid repainting ThebesLayers if possible.
|
|
// nsCSSFrameConstructor::DoApplyRenderingChangeToTree repaints
|
|
// the old overflow area in the widget in response to
|
|
// nsChangeHint_UpdateTransformLayer. But since the new overflow
|
|
// area is not known at that time, we have to handle it here.
|
|
// If the overflow area hasn't changed, then it doesn't matter that
|
|
// we didn't reach here since repainting the old overflow area was enough.
|
|
// If there is no transform now, then the container layer for
|
|
// the transform will go away and the frame contents will change
|
|
// ThebesLayers, forcing it to be invalidated, so it doesn't matter
|
|
// that we didn't reach here.
|
|
InvalidateLayer(aOverflowAreas.VisualOverflow(),
|
|
nsDisplayItem::TYPE_TRANSFORM);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return anyOverflowChanged;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::RecomputePerspectiveChildrenOverflow(const nsStyleContext* aStartStyle, const nsRect* aBounds)
|
|
{
|
|
// Children may check our size when getting our transform, make sure it's valid.
|
|
nsSize oldSize = GetSize();
|
|
if (aBounds) {
|
|
SetSize(aBounds->Size());
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildListIterator lists(this);
|
|
for (; !lists.IsDone(); lists.Next()) {
|
|
nsFrameList::Enumerator childFrames(lists.CurrentList());
|
|
for (; !childFrames.AtEnd(); childFrames.Next()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* child = childFrames.get();
|
|
if (child->HasPerspective()) {
|
|
nsOverflowAreas* overflow =
|
|
static_cast<nsOverflowAreas*>(child->Properties().Get(nsIFrame::InitialOverflowProperty()));
|
|
nsRect bounds(nsPoint(0, 0), child->GetSize());
|
|
if (overflow) {
|
|
child->FinishAndStoreOverflow(*overflow, bounds.Size());
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsOverflowAreas boundsOverflow;
|
|
boundsOverflow.SetAllTo(bounds);
|
|
child->FinishAndStoreOverflow(boundsOverflow, bounds.Size());
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (child->GetStyleContext()->GetParent() == aStartStyle ||
|
|
child->GetStyleContext() == aStartStyle) {
|
|
// Recurse into frames with the same style context, or a direct
|
|
// child style context.
|
|
child->RecomputePerspectiveChildrenOverflow(aStartStyle, nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// Restore our old size just in case something depends on this elesewhere.
|
|
SetSize(oldSize);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* The overflow rects for leaf nodes in a preserve-3d hierarchy depends on
|
|
* the mRect value for their parents (since we use their transform, and transform
|
|
* depends on this for transform-origin etc). These weren't necessarily correct
|
|
* when we reflowed initially, so walk over all preserve-3d children and repeat the
|
|
* overflow calculation.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
RecomputePreserve3DChildrenOverflow(nsIFrame* aFrame, const nsRect* aBounds)
|
|
{
|
|
// Children may check our size when getting our transform, make sure it's valid.
|
|
nsSize oldSize = aFrame->GetSize();
|
|
if (aBounds) {
|
|
aFrame->SetSize(aBounds->Size());
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildListIterator lists(aFrame);
|
|
for (; !lists.IsDone(); lists.Next()) {
|
|
nsFrameList::Enumerator childFrames(lists.CurrentList());
|
|
for (; !childFrames.AtEnd(); childFrames.Next()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* child = childFrames.get();
|
|
if (child->Preserves3DChildren()) {
|
|
RecomputePreserve3DChildrenOverflow(child, NULL);
|
|
} else if (child->Preserves3D()) {
|
|
nsOverflowAreas* overflow =
|
|
static_cast<nsOverflowAreas*>(child->Properties().Get(nsIFrame::InitialOverflowProperty()));
|
|
nsRect bounds(nsPoint(0, 0), child->GetSize());
|
|
if (overflow) {
|
|
child->FinishAndStoreOverflow(*overflow, bounds.Size());
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsOverflowAreas boundsOverflow;
|
|
boundsOverflow.SetAllTo(bounds);
|
|
child->FinishAndStoreOverflow(boundsOverflow, bounds.Size());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// Restore our old size just in case something depends on this elesewhere.
|
|
aFrame->SetSize(oldSize);
|
|
|
|
// Only repeat computing our overflow in recursive calls since the initial caller is still
|
|
// in the middle of doing this and we don't want an infinite loop.
|
|
if (!aBounds) {
|
|
nsOverflowAreas* overflow =
|
|
static_cast<nsOverflowAreas*>(aFrame->Properties().Get(nsIFrame::InitialOverflowProperty()));
|
|
nsRect bounds(nsPoint(0, 0), aFrame->GetSize());
|
|
if (overflow) {
|
|
overflow->UnionAllWith(bounds);
|
|
aFrame->FinishAndStoreOverflow(*overflow, bounds.Size());
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsOverflowAreas boundsOverflow;
|
|
boundsOverflow.SetAllTo(bounds);
|
|
aFrame->FinishAndStoreOverflow(boundsOverflow, bounds.Size());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsIFrame::ComputePreserve3DChildrenOverflow(nsOverflowAreas& aOverflowAreas, const nsRect& aBounds)
|
|
{
|
|
// When we are preserving 3d we need to iterate over all children separately.
|
|
// If the child also preserves 3d then their overflow will already been in our
|
|
// coordinate space, otherwise we need to transform.
|
|
|
|
// If we're the top frame in a preserve 3d chain then we need to recalculate the overflow
|
|
// areas of all our children since they will have used our size/offset which was invalid at
|
|
// the time.
|
|
if (!Preserves3D()) {
|
|
RecomputePreserve3DChildrenOverflow(this, &aBounds);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect childVisual;
|
|
nsRect childScrollable;
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildListIterator lists(this);
|
|
for (; !lists.IsDone(); lists.Next()) {
|
|
nsFrameList::Enumerator childFrames(lists.CurrentList());
|
|
for (; !childFrames.AtEnd(); childFrames.Next()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* child = childFrames.get();
|
|
nsPoint offset = child->GetPosition();
|
|
nsRect visual = child->GetVisualOverflowRect();
|
|
nsRect scrollable = child->GetScrollableOverflowRect();
|
|
visual.MoveBy(offset);
|
|
scrollable.MoveBy(offset);
|
|
if (child->Preserves3D()) {
|
|
childVisual = childVisual.Union(visual);
|
|
childScrollable = childScrollable.Union(scrollable);
|
|
} else {
|
|
childVisual =
|
|
childVisual.Union(nsDisplayTransform::TransformRect(visual,
|
|
this, nsPoint(0,0), &aBounds));
|
|
childScrollable =
|
|
childScrollable.Union(nsDisplayTransform::TransformRect(scrollable,
|
|
this, nsPoint(0,0), &aBounds));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aOverflowAreas.Overflow(eVisualOverflow) = aOverflowAreas.Overflow(eVisualOverflow).Union(childVisual);
|
|
aOverflowAreas.Overflow(eScrollableOverflow) = aOverflowAreas.Overflow(eScrollableOverflow).Union(childScrollable);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::ConsiderChildOverflow(nsOverflowAreas& aOverflowAreas,
|
|
nsIFrame* aChildFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
aOverflowAreas.UnionWith(aChildFrame->GetOverflowAreas() +
|
|
aChildFrame->GetPosition());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* This function takes a "special" frame and _if_ that frame is an anonymous
|
|
* block created by an ib split it returns the block's preceding inline. This
|
|
* is needed because the split inline's style context is the parent of the
|
|
* anonymous block's style context.
|
|
*
|
|
* If aFrame is not an anonymous block, null is returned.
|
|
*/
|
|
static nsIFrame*
|
|
GetIBSpecialSiblingForAnonymousBlock(const nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "Must have a non-null frame!");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_SPECIAL,
|
|
"GetIBSpecialSibling should not be called on a non-special frame");
|
|
|
|
nsIAtom* type = aFrame->GetStyleContext()->GetPseudo();
|
|
if (type != nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousBlock &&
|
|
type != nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousPositionedBlock) {
|
|
// it's not an anonymous block
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Find the first continuation of the frame. (Ugh. This ends up
|
|
// being O(N^2) when it is called O(N) times.)
|
|
aFrame = aFrame->GetFirstContinuation();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now look up the nsGkAtoms::IBSplitSpecialPrevSibling
|
|
* property.
|
|
*/
|
|
nsIFrame *specialSibling = static_cast<nsIFrame*>
|
|
(aFrame->Properties().Get(nsIFrame::IBSplitSpecialPrevSibling()));
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(specialSibling, "Broken frame tree?");
|
|
return specialSibling;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Get the parent, corrected for the mangled frame tree resulting from
|
|
* having a block within an inline. The result only differs from the
|
|
* result of |GetParent| when |GetParent| returns an anonymous block
|
|
* that was created for an element that was 'display: inline' because
|
|
* that element contained a block.
|
|
*
|
|
* Also skip anonymous scrolled-content parents; inherit directly from the
|
|
* outer scroll frame.
|
|
*/
|
|
static nsIFrame*
|
|
GetCorrectedParent(const nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame *parent = aFrame->GetParent();
|
|
if (!parent) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Outer tables are always anon boxes; if we're in here for an outer
|
|
// table, that actually means its the _inner_ table that wants to
|
|
// know its parent. So get the pseudo of the inner in that case.
|
|
nsIAtom* pseudo = aFrame->GetStyleContext()->GetPseudo();
|
|
if (pseudo == nsCSSAnonBoxes::tableOuter) {
|
|
pseudo = aFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild()->GetStyleContext()->GetPseudo();
|
|
}
|
|
return nsFrame::CorrectStyleParentFrame(parent, pseudo);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsFrame::CorrectStyleParentFrame(nsIFrame* aProspectiveParent,
|
|
nsIAtom* aChildPseudo)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aProspectiveParent, "Must have a prospective parent");
|
|
|
|
// Anon boxes are parented to their actual parent already, except
|
|
// for non-elements. Those should not be treated as an anon box.
|
|
if (aChildPseudo && aChildPseudo != nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozNonElement &&
|
|
nsCSSAnonBoxes::IsAnonBox(aChildPseudo)) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aChildPseudo != nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousBlock &&
|
|
aChildPseudo != nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousPositionedBlock,
|
|
"Should have dealt with kids that have NS_FRAME_IS_SPECIAL "
|
|
"elsewhere");
|
|
return aProspectiveParent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, walk up out of all anon boxes. For placeholder frames, walk out
|
|
// of all pseudo-elements as well. Otherwise ReparentStyleContext could cause
|
|
// style data to be out of sync with the frame tree.
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = aProspectiveParent;
|
|
do {
|
|
if (parent->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_SPECIAL) {
|
|
nsIFrame* sibling = GetIBSpecialSiblingForAnonymousBlock(parent);
|
|
|
|
if (sibling) {
|
|
// |parent| was a block in an {ib} split; use the inline as
|
|
// |the style parent.
|
|
parent = sibling;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIAtom* parentPseudo = parent->GetStyleContext()->GetPseudo();
|
|
if (!parentPseudo ||
|
|
(!nsCSSAnonBoxes::IsAnonBox(parentPseudo) &&
|
|
// nsPlaceholderFrame pases in nsGkAtoms::placeholderFrame for
|
|
// aChildPseudo (even though that's not a valid pseudo-type) just to
|
|
// trigger this behavior of walking up to the nearest non-pseudo
|
|
// ancestor.
|
|
aChildPseudo != nsGkAtoms::placeholderFrame)) {
|
|
return parent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
parent = parent->GetParent();
|
|
} while (parent);
|
|
|
|
if (aProspectiveParent->GetStyleContext()->GetPseudo() ==
|
|
nsCSSAnonBoxes::viewportScroll) {
|
|
// aProspectiveParent is the scrollframe for a viewport
|
|
// and the kids are the anonymous scrollbars
|
|
return aProspectiveParent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We can get here if the root element is absolutely positioned.
|
|
// We can't test for this very accurately, but it can only happen
|
|
// when the prospective parent is a canvas frame.
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aProspectiveParent->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::canvasFrame,
|
|
"Should have found a parent before this");
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsFrame::DoGetParentStyleContextFrame() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (mContent && !mContent->GetParent() &&
|
|
!GetStyleContext()->GetPseudo()) {
|
|
// we're a frame for the root. We have no style context parent.
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!(mState & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW)) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* If this frame is an anonymous block created when an inline with a block
|
|
* inside it got split, then the parent style context is on its preceding
|
|
* inline. We can get to it using GetIBSpecialSiblingForAnonymousBlock.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (mState & NS_FRAME_IS_SPECIAL) {
|
|
nsIFrame* specialSibling = GetIBSpecialSiblingForAnonymousBlock(this);
|
|
if (specialSibling) {
|
|
return specialSibling;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If this frame is one of the blocks that split an inline, we must
|
|
// return the "special" inline parent, i.e., the parent that this
|
|
// frame would have if we didn't mangle the frame structure.
|
|
return GetCorrectedParent(this);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// For out-of-flow frames, we must resolve underneath the
|
|
// placeholder's parent.
|
|
const nsIFrame* oofFrame = this;
|
|
if ((oofFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW) &&
|
|
GetPrevInFlow()) {
|
|
// Out of flows that are continuations do not
|
|
// have placeholders. Use their first-in-flow's placeholder.
|
|
oofFrame = oofFrame->GetFirstInFlow();
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* placeholder = oofFrame->PresContext()->FrameManager()->
|
|
GetPlaceholderFrameFor(oofFrame);
|
|
if (!placeholder) {
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("no placeholder frame for out-of-flow frame");
|
|
return GetCorrectedParent(this);
|
|
}
|
|
return placeholder->GetParentStyleContextFrame();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::GetLastLeaf(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsIFrame **aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aFrame || !*aFrame)
|
|
return;
|
|
nsIFrame *child = *aFrame;
|
|
//if we are a block frame then go for the last line of 'this'
|
|
while (1){
|
|
child = child->GetFirstPrincipalChild();
|
|
if (!child)
|
|
return;//nothing to do
|
|
nsIFrame* siblingFrame;
|
|
nsIContent* content;
|
|
//ignore anonymous elements, e.g. mozTableAdd* mozTableRemove*
|
|
//see bug 278197 comment #12 #13 for details
|
|
while ((siblingFrame = child->GetNextSibling()) &&
|
|
(content = siblingFrame->GetContent()) &&
|
|
!content->IsRootOfNativeAnonymousSubtree())
|
|
child = siblingFrame;
|
|
*aFrame = child;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::GetFirstLeaf(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsIFrame **aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aFrame || !*aFrame)
|
|
return;
|
|
nsIFrame *child = *aFrame;
|
|
while (1){
|
|
child = child->GetFirstPrincipalChild();
|
|
if (!child)
|
|
return;//nothing to do
|
|
*aFrame = child;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ const void*
|
|
nsFrame::GetStyleDataExternal(nsStyleStructID aSID) const
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(mStyleContext, "unexpected null pointer");
|
|
return mStyleContext->GetStyleData(aSID);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ bool
|
|
nsIFrame::IsFocusable(PRInt32 *aTabIndex, bool aWithMouse)
|
|
{
|
|
PRInt32 tabIndex = -1;
|
|
if (aTabIndex) {
|
|
*aTabIndex = -1; // Default for early return is not focusable
|
|
}
|
|
bool isFocusable = false;
|
|
|
|
if (mContent && mContent->IsElement() && IsVisibleConsideringAncestors()) {
|
|
const nsStyleUserInterface* ui = GetStyleUserInterface();
|
|
if (ui->mUserFocus != NS_STYLE_USER_FOCUS_IGNORE &&
|
|
ui->mUserFocus != NS_STYLE_USER_FOCUS_NONE) {
|
|
// Pass in default tabindex of -1 for nonfocusable and 0 for focusable
|
|
tabIndex = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
isFocusable = mContent->IsFocusable(&tabIndex, aWithMouse);
|
|
if (!isFocusable && !aWithMouse &&
|
|
GetType() == nsGkAtoms::scrollFrame &&
|
|
mContent->IsHTML() &&
|
|
!mContent->IsRootOfNativeAnonymousSubtree() &&
|
|
mContent->GetParent() &&
|
|
!mContent->HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsGkAtoms::tabindex)) {
|
|
// Elements with scrollable view are focusable with script & tabbable
|
|
// Otherwise you couldn't scroll them with keyboard, which is
|
|
// an accessibility issue (e.g. Section 508 rules)
|
|
// However, we don't make them to be focusable with the mouse,
|
|
// because the extra focus outlines are considered unnecessarily ugly.
|
|
// When clicked on, the selection position within the element
|
|
// will be enough to make them keyboard scrollable.
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame *scrollFrame = do_QueryFrame(this);
|
|
if (scrollFrame &&
|
|
scrollFrame->GetScrollbarStyles() != nsIScrollableFrame::ScrollbarStyles(NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN, NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN) &&
|
|
!scrollFrame->GetScrollRange().IsEqualEdges(nsRect(0, 0, 0, 0))) {
|
|
// Scroll bars will be used for overflow
|
|
isFocusable = true;
|
|
tabIndex = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aTabIndex) {
|
|
*aTabIndex = tabIndex;
|
|
}
|
|
return isFocusable;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* @return true if this text frame ends with a newline character. It
|
|
* should return false if this is not a text frame.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool
|
|
nsIFrame::HasTerminalNewline() const
|
|
{
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static PRUint8
|
|
ConvertSVGDominantBaselineToVerticalAlign(PRUint8 aDominantBaseline)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (aDominantBaseline) {
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_HANGING:
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_TEXT_BEFORE_EDGE:
|
|
return NS_STYLE_VERTICAL_ALIGN_TEXT_TOP;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_TEXT_AFTER_EDGE:
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_IDEOGRAPHIC:
|
|
return NS_STYLE_VERTICAL_ALIGN_TEXT_BOTTOM;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_CENTRAL:
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_MIDDLE:
|
|
return NS_STYLE_VERTICAL_ALIGN_MIDDLE;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_AUTO:
|
|
case NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_ALPHABETIC:
|
|
return NS_STYLE_VERTICAL_ALIGN_BASELINE;
|
|
default:
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("unexpected aDominantBaseline value");
|
|
return NS_STYLE_VERTICAL_ALIGN_BASELINE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PRUint8
|
|
nsIFrame::VerticalAlignEnum() const
|
|
{
|
|
if (mState & NS_FRAME_IS_SVG_TEXT) {
|
|
PRUint8 dominantBaseline;
|
|
for (const nsIFrame* frame = this; frame; frame = frame->GetParent()) {
|
|
dominantBaseline = frame->GetStyleSVGReset()->mDominantBaseline;
|
|
if (dominantBaseline != NS_STYLE_DOMINANT_BASELINE_AUTO ||
|
|
frame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::svgTextFrame) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return ConvertSVGDominantBaselineToVerticalAlign(dominantBaseline);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleCoord& verticalAlign =
|
|
GetStyleContext()->GetStyleTextReset()->mVerticalAlign;
|
|
if (verticalAlign.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Enumerated) {
|
|
return verticalAlign.GetIntValue();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return eInvalidVerticalAlign;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
void nsFrame::FillCursorInformationFromStyle(const nsStyleUserInterface* ui,
|
|
nsIFrame::Cursor& aCursor)
|
|
{
|
|
aCursor.mCursor = ui->mCursor;
|
|
aCursor.mHaveHotspot = false;
|
|
aCursor.mHotspotX = aCursor.mHotspotY = 0.0f;
|
|
|
|
for (nsCursorImage *item = ui->mCursorArray,
|
|
*item_end = ui->mCursorArray + ui->mCursorArrayLength;
|
|
item < item_end; ++item) {
|
|
PRUint32 status;
|
|
nsresult rv = item->GetImage()->GetImageStatus(&status);
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && (status & imgIRequest::STATUS_LOAD_COMPLETE)) {
|
|
// This is the one we want
|
|
item->GetImage()->GetImage(getter_AddRefs(aCursor.mContainer));
|
|
aCursor.mHaveHotspot = item->mHaveHotspot;
|
|
aCursor.mHotspotX = item->mHotspotX;
|
|
aCursor.mHotspotY = item->mHotspotY;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsFrame::RefreshSizeCache(nsBoxLayoutState& aState)
|
|
{
|
|
// XXXbz this comment needs some rewriting to make sense in the
|
|
// post-reflow-branch world.
|
|
|
|
// Ok we need to compute our minimum, preferred, and maximum sizes.
|
|
// 1) Maximum size. This is easy. Its infinite unless it is overloaded by CSS.
|
|
// 2) Preferred size. This is a little harder. This is the size the block would be
|
|
// if it were laid out on an infinite canvas. So we can get this by reflowing
|
|
// the block with and INTRINSIC width and height. We can also do a nice optimization
|
|
// for incremental reflow. If the reflow is incremental then we can pass a flag to
|
|
// have the block compute the preferred width for us! Preferred height can just be
|
|
// the minimum height;
|
|
// 3) Minimum size. This is a toughy. We can pass the block a flag asking for the max element
|
|
// size. That would give us the width. Unfortunately you can only ask for a maxElementSize
|
|
// during an incremental reflow. So on other reflows we will just have to use 0.
|
|
// The min height on the other hand is fairly easy we need to get the largest
|
|
// line height. This can be done with the line iterator.
|
|
|
|
// if we do have a rendering context
|
|
nsresult rv = NS_OK;
|
|
nsRenderingContext* rendContext = aState.GetRenderingContext();
|
|
if (rendContext) {
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aState.PresContext();
|
|
|
|
// If we don't have any HTML constraints and it's a resize, then nothing in the block
|
|
// could have changed, so no refresh is necessary.
|
|
nsBoxLayoutMetrics* metrics = BoxMetrics();
|
|
if (!DoesNeedRecalc(metrics->mBlockPrefSize))
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
// get the old rect.
|
|
nsRect oldRect = GetRect();
|
|
|
|
// the rect we plan to size to.
|
|
nsRect rect(oldRect);
|
|
|
|
nsMargin bp(0,0,0,0);
|
|
GetBorderAndPadding(bp);
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
// If we're a container for font size inflation, then shrink
|
|
// wrapping inside of us should not apply font size inflation.
|
|
AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation an(this);
|
|
|
|
metrics->mBlockPrefSize.width =
|
|
GetPrefWidth(rendContext) + bp.LeftRight();
|
|
metrics->mBlockMinSize.width =
|
|
GetMinWidth(rendContext) + bp.LeftRight();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// do the nasty.
|
|
nsHTMLReflowMetrics desiredSize;
|
|
rv = BoxReflow(aState, presContext, desiredSize, rendContext,
|
|
rect.x, rect.y,
|
|
metrics->mBlockPrefSize.width, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
|
|
nsRect newRect = GetRect();
|
|
|
|
// make sure we draw any size change
|
|
if (oldRect.width != newRect.width || oldRect.height != newRect.height) {
|
|
newRect.x = 0;
|
|
newRect.y = 0;
|
|
Redraw(aState, &newRect);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
metrics->mBlockMinSize.height = 0;
|
|
// ok we need the max ascent of the items on the line. So to do this
|
|
// ask the block for its line iterator. Get the max ascent.
|
|
nsAutoLineIterator lines = GetLineIterator();
|
|
if (lines)
|
|
{
|
|
metrics->mBlockMinSize.height = 0;
|
|
int count = 0;
|
|
nsIFrame* firstFrame = nullptr;
|
|
PRInt32 framesOnLine;
|
|
nsRect lineBounds;
|
|
PRUint32 lineFlags;
|
|
|
|
do {
|
|
lines->GetLine(count, &firstFrame, &framesOnLine, lineBounds, &lineFlags);
|
|
|
|
if (lineBounds.height > metrics->mBlockMinSize.height)
|
|
metrics->mBlockMinSize.height = lineBounds.height;
|
|
|
|
count++;
|
|
} while(firstFrame);
|
|
} else {
|
|
metrics->mBlockMinSize.height = desiredSize.height;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
metrics->mBlockPrefSize.height = metrics->mBlockMinSize.height;
|
|
|
|
if (desiredSize.ascent == nsHTMLReflowMetrics::ASK_FOR_BASELINE) {
|
|
if (!nsLayoutUtils::GetFirstLineBaseline(this, &metrics->mBlockAscent))
|
|
metrics->mBlockAscent = GetBaseline();
|
|
} else {
|
|
metrics->mBlockAscent = desiredSize.ascent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_adaptor
|
|
printf("min=(%d,%d), pref=(%d,%d), ascent=%d\n", metrics->mBlockMinSize.width,
|
|
metrics->mBlockMinSize.height,
|
|
metrics->mBlockPrefSize.width,
|
|
metrics->mBlockPrefSize.height,
|
|
metrics->mBlockAscent);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return rv;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* virtual */ nsILineIterator*
|
|
nsFrame::GetLineIterator()
|
|
{
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsSize
|
|
nsFrame::GetPrefSize(nsBoxLayoutState& aState)
|
|
{
|
|
nsSize size(0,0);
|
|
DISPLAY_PREF_SIZE(this, size);
|
|
// If the size is cached, and there are no HTML constraints that we might
|
|
// be depending on, then we just return the cached size.
|
|
nsBoxLayoutMetrics *metrics = BoxMetrics();
|
|
if (!DoesNeedRecalc(metrics->mPrefSize)) {
|
|
return metrics->mPrefSize;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (IsCollapsed())
|
|
return size;
|
|
|
|
// get our size in CSS.
|
|
bool widthSet, heightSet;
|
|
bool completelyRedefined = nsIBox::AddCSSPrefSize(this, size, widthSet, heightSet);
|
|
|
|
// Refresh our caches with new sizes.
|
|
if (!completelyRedefined) {
|
|
RefreshSizeCache(aState);
|
|
nsSize blockSize = metrics->mBlockPrefSize;
|
|
|
|
// notice we don't need to add our borders or padding
|
|
// in. That's because the block did it for us.
|
|
if (!widthSet)
|
|
size.width = blockSize.width;
|
|
if (!heightSet)
|
|
size.height = blockSize.height;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
metrics->mPrefSize = size;
|
|
return size;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsSize
|
|
nsFrame::GetMinSize(nsBoxLayoutState& aState)
|
|
{
|
|
nsSize size(0,0);
|
|
DISPLAY_MIN_SIZE(this, size);
|
|
// Don't use the cache if we have HTMLReflowState constraints --- they might have changed
|
|
nsBoxLayoutMetrics *metrics = BoxMetrics();
|
|
if (!DoesNeedRecalc(metrics->mMinSize)) {
|
|
size = metrics->mMinSize;
|
|
return size;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (IsCollapsed())
|
|
return size;
|
|
|
|
// get our size in CSS.
|
|
bool widthSet, heightSet;
|
|
bool completelyRedefined =
|
|
nsIBox::AddCSSMinSize(aState, this, size, widthSet, heightSet);
|
|
|
|
// Refresh our caches with new sizes.
|
|
if (!completelyRedefined) {
|
|
RefreshSizeCache(aState);
|
|
nsSize blockSize = metrics->mBlockMinSize;
|
|
|
|
if (!widthSet)
|
|
size.width = blockSize.width;
|
|
if (!heightSet)
|
|
size.height = blockSize.height;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
metrics->mMinSize = size;
|
|
return size;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsSize
|
|
nsFrame::GetMaxSize(nsBoxLayoutState& aState)
|
|
{
|
|
nsSize size(NS_INTRINSICSIZE, NS_INTRINSICSIZE);
|
|
DISPLAY_MAX_SIZE(this, size);
|
|
// Don't use the cache if we have HTMLReflowState constraints --- they might have changed
|
|
nsBoxLayoutMetrics *metrics = BoxMetrics();
|
|
if (!DoesNeedRecalc(metrics->mMaxSize)) {
|
|
size = metrics->mMaxSize;
|
|
return size;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (IsCollapsed())
|
|
return size;
|
|
|
|
size = nsBox::GetMaxSize(aState);
|
|
metrics->mMaxSize = size;
|
|
|
|
return size;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord
|
|
nsFrame::GetFlex(nsBoxLayoutState& aState)
|
|
{
|
|
nsBoxLayoutMetrics *metrics = BoxMetrics();
|
|
if (!DoesNeedRecalc(metrics->mFlex))
|
|
return metrics->mFlex;
|
|
|
|
metrics->mFlex = nsBox::GetFlex(aState);
|
|
|
|
return metrics->mFlex;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord
|
|
nsFrame::GetBoxAscent(nsBoxLayoutState& aState)
|
|
{
|
|
nsBoxLayoutMetrics *metrics = BoxMetrics();
|
|
if (!DoesNeedRecalc(metrics->mAscent))
|
|
return metrics->mAscent;
|
|
|
|
if (IsCollapsed()) {
|
|
metrics->mAscent = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Refresh our caches with new sizes.
|
|
RefreshSizeCache(aState);
|
|
metrics->mAscent = metrics->mBlockAscent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return metrics->mAscent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::DoLayout(nsBoxLayoutState& aState)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRect ourRect(mRect);
|
|
|
|
nsRenderingContext* rendContext = aState.GetRenderingContext();
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aState.PresContext();
|
|
nsHTMLReflowMetrics desiredSize;
|
|
nsresult rv = NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
if (rendContext) {
|
|
|
|
rv = BoxReflow(aState, presContext, desiredSize, rendContext,
|
|
ourRect.x, ourRect.y, ourRect.width, ourRect.height);
|
|
|
|
if (IsCollapsed()) {
|
|
SetSize(nsSize(0, 0));
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// if our child needs to be bigger. This might happend with
|
|
// wrapping text. There is no way to predict its height until we
|
|
// reflow it. Now that we know the height reshuffle upward.
|
|
if (desiredSize.width > ourRect.width ||
|
|
desiredSize.height > ourRect.height) {
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_GROW
|
|
DumpBox(stdout);
|
|
printf(" GREW from (%d,%d) -> (%d,%d)\n",
|
|
ourRect.width, ourRect.height,
|
|
desiredSize.width, desiredSize.height);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (desiredSize.width > ourRect.width)
|
|
ourRect.width = desiredSize.width;
|
|
|
|
if (desiredSize.height > ourRect.height)
|
|
ourRect.height = desiredSize.height;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ensure our size is what we think is should be. Someone could have
|
|
// reset the frame to be smaller or something dumb like that.
|
|
SetSize(nsSize(ourRect.width, ourRect.height));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Should we do this if IsCollapsed() is true?
|
|
nsSize size(GetSize());
|
|
desiredSize.width = size.width;
|
|
desiredSize.height = size.height;
|
|
desiredSize.UnionOverflowAreasWithDesiredBounds();
|
|
|
|
if (HasAbsolutelyPositionedChildren()) {
|
|
// Set up a |reflowState| to pass into ReflowAbsoluteFrames
|
|
nsHTMLReflowState reflowState(aState.PresContext(), this,
|
|
aState.GetRenderingContext(),
|
|
nsSize(size.width, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE),
|
|
nsHTMLReflowState::DUMMY_PARENT_REFLOW_STATE);
|
|
|
|
// Set up a |reflowStatus| to pass into ReflowAbsoluteFrames
|
|
// (just a dummy value; hopefully that's OK)
|
|
nsReflowStatus reflowStatus = NS_FRAME_COMPLETE;
|
|
ReflowAbsoluteFrames(aState.PresContext(), desiredSize,
|
|
reflowState, reflowStatus);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
FinishAndStoreOverflow(desiredSize.mOverflowAreas, size);
|
|
|
|
SyncLayout(aState);
|
|
|
|
return rv;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsFrame::BoxReflow(nsBoxLayoutState& aState,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
nsHTMLReflowMetrics& aDesiredSize,
|
|
nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext,
|
|
nscoord aX,
|
|
nscoord aY,
|
|
nscoord aWidth,
|
|
nscoord aHeight,
|
|
bool aMoveFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
DO_GLOBAL_REFLOW_COUNT("nsBoxToBlockAdaptor");
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_REFLOW
|
|
nsAdaptorAddIndents();
|
|
printf("Reflowing: ");
|
|
nsFrame::ListTag(stdout, mFrame);
|
|
printf("\n");
|
|
gIndent2++;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
//printf("width=%d, height=%d\n", aWidth, aHeight);
|
|
/*
|
|
nsIBox* parent;
|
|
GetParentBox(&parent);
|
|
|
|
// if (parent->GetStateBits() & NS_STATE_CURRENTLY_IN_DEBUG)
|
|
// printf("In debug\n");
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
nsBoxLayoutMetrics *metrics = BoxMetrics();
|
|
nsReflowStatus status = NS_FRAME_COMPLETE;
|
|
|
|
bool needsReflow = NS_SUBTREE_DIRTY(this);
|
|
|
|
// if we don't need a reflow then
|
|
// lets see if we are already that size. Yes? then don't even reflow. We are done.
|
|
if (!needsReflow) {
|
|
|
|
if (aWidth != NS_INTRINSICSIZE && aHeight != NS_INTRINSICSIZE) {
|
|
|
|
// if the new calculated size has a 0 width or a 0 height
|
|
if ((metrics->mLastSize.width == 0 || metrics->mLastSize.height == 0) && (aWidth == 0 || aHeight == 0)) {
|
|
needsReflow = false;
|
|
aDesiredSize.width = aWidth;
|
|
aDesiredSize.height = aHeight;
|
|
SetSize(nsSize(aDesiredSize.width, aDesiredSize.height));
|
|
} else {
|
|
aDesiredSize.width = metrics->mLastSize.width;
|
|
aDesiredSize.height = metrics->mLastSize.height;
|
|
|
|
// remove the margin. The rect of our child does not include it but our calculated size does.
|
|
// don't reflow if we are already the right size
|
|
if (metrics->mLastSize.width == aWidth && metrics->mLastSize.height == aHeight)
|
|
needsReflow = false;
|
|
else
|
|
needsReflow = true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
// if the width or height are intrinsic alway reflow because
|
|
// we don't know what it should be.
|
|
needsReflow = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ok now reflow the child into the spacers calculated space
|
|
if (needsReflow) {
|
|
|
|
aDesiredSize.width = 0;
|
|
aDesiredSize.height = 0;
|
|
|
|
// create a reflow state to tell our child to flow at the given size.
|
|
|
|
// Construct a bogus parent reflow state so that there's a usable
|
|
// containing block reflow state.
|
|
nsMargin margin(0,0,0,0);
|
|
GetMargin(margin);
|
|
|
|
nsSize parentSize(aWidth, aHeight);
|
|
if (parentSize.height != NS_INTRINSICSIZE)
|
|
parentSize.height += margin.TopBottom();
|
|
if (parentSize.width != NS_INTRINSICSIZE)
|
|
parentSize.width += margin.LeftRight();
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame *parentFrame = GetParent();
|
|
nsFrameState savedState = parentFrame->GetStateBits();
|
|
nsHTMLReflowState parentReflowState(aPresContext, parentFrame,
|
|
aRenderingContext,
|
|
parentSize,
|
|
nsHTMLReflowState::DUMMY_PARENT_REFLOW_STATE);
|
|
parentFrame->RemoveStateBits(~nsFrameState(0));
|
|
parentFrame->AddStateBits(savedState);
|
|
|
|
// This may not do very much useful, but it's probably worth trying.
|
|
if (parentSize.width != NS_INTRINSICSIZE)
|
|
parentReflowState.SetComputedWidth(NS_MAX(parentSize.width, 0));
|
|
if (parentSize.height != NS_INTRINSICSIZE)
|
|
parentReflowState.SetComputedHeight(NS_MAX(parentSize.height, 0));
|
|
parentReflowState.mComputedMargin.SizeTo(0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
// XXX use box methods
|
|
parentFrame->GetPadding(parentReflowState.mComputedPadding);
|
|
parentFrame->GetBorder(parentReflowState.mComputedBorderPadding);
|
|
parentReflowState.mComputedBorderPadding +=
|
|
parentReflowState.mComputedPadding;
|
|
|
|
// XXX Is it OK that this reflow state has no parent reflow state?
|
|
// (It used to have a bogus parent, skipping all the boxes).
|
|
nsSize availSize(aWidth, NS_INTRINSICSIZE);
|
|
nsHTMLReflowState reflowState(aPresContext, this, aRenderingContext,
|
|
availSize,
|
|
nsHTMLReflowState::DUMMY_PARENT_REFLOW_STATE);
|
|
|
|
// Construct the parent chain manually since constructing it normally
|
|
// messes up dimensions.
|
|
const nsHTMLReflowState *outerReflowState = aState.OuterReflowState();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!outerReflowState || outerReflowState->frame != this,
|
|
"in and out of XUL on a single frame?");
|
|
if (outerReflowState && outerReflowState->frame == parentFrame) {
|
|
// We're a frame (such as a text control frame) that jumps into
|
|
// box reflow and then straight out of it on the child frame.
|
|
// This means we actually have a real parent reflow state.
|
|
// nsLayoutUtils::InflationMinFontSizeFor used to need this to be
|
|
// linked up correctly for text control frames, so do so here).
|
|
reflowState.parentReflowState = outerReflowState;
|
|
reflowState.mCBReflowState = outerReflowState;
|
|
} else {
|
|
reflowState.parentReflowState = &parentReflowState;
|
|
reflowState.mCBReflowState = &parentReflowState;
|
|
}
|
|
reflowState.mReflowDepth = aState.GetReflowDepth();
|
|
|
|
// mComputedWidth and mComputedHeight are content-box, not
|
|
// border-box
|
|
if (aWidth != NS_INTRINSICSIZE) {
|
|
nscoord computedWidth =
|
|
aWidth - reflowState.mComputedBorderPadding.LeftRight();
|
|
computedWidth = NS_MAX(computedWidth, 0);
|
|
reflowState.SetComputedWidth(computedWidth);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Most child frames of box frames (e.g. subdocument or scroll frames)
|
|
// need to be constrained to the provided size and overflow as necessary.
|
|
// The one exception are block frames, because we need to know their
|
|
// natural height excluding any overflow area which may be caused by
|
|
// various CSS effects such as shadow or outline.
|
|
if (!IsFrameOfType(eBlockFrame)) {
|
|
if (aHeight != NS_INTRINSICSIZE) {
|
|
nscoord computedHeight =
|
|
aHeight - reflowState.mComputedBorderPadding.TopBottom();
|
|
computedHeight = NS_MAX(computedHeight, 0);
|
|
reflowState.SetComputedHeight(computedHeight);
|
|
} else {
|
|
reflowState.SetComputedHeight(
|
|
ComputeSize(aRenderingContext, availSize, availSize.width,
|
|
nsSize(reflowState.mComputedMargin.LeftRight(),
|
|
reflowState.mComputedMargin.TopBottom()),
|
|
nsSize(reflowState.mComputedBorderPadding.LeftRight() -
|
|
reflowState.mComputedPadding.LeftRight(),
|
|
reflowState.mComputedBorderPadding.TopBottom() -
|
|
reflowState.mComputedPadding.TopBottom()),
|
|
nsSize(reflowState.mComputedPadding.LeftRight(),
|
|
reflowState.mComputedPadding.TopBottom()),
|
|
false).height
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Box layout calls SetRect before Layout, whereas non-box layout
|
|
// calls SetRect after Reflow.
|
|
// XXX Perhaps we should be doing this by twiddling the rect back to
|
|
// mLastSize before calling Reflow and then switching it back, but
|
|
// However, mLastSize can also be the size passed to BoxReflow by
|
|
// RefreshSizeCache, so that doesn't really make sense.
|
|
if (metrics->mLastSize.width != aWidth) {
|
|
reflowState.mFlags.mHResize = true;
|
|
|
|
// When font size inflation is enabled, a horizontal resize
|
|
// requires a full reflow. See nsHTMLReflowState::InitResizeFlags
|
|
// for more details.
|
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationEnabled(aPresContext)) {
|
|
AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (metrics->mLastSize.height != aHeight)
|
|
reflowState.mFlags.mVResize = true;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_REFLOW
|
|
nsAdaptorAddIndents();
|
|
printf("Size=(%d,%d)\n",reflowState.ComputedWidth(),
|
|
reflowState.ComputedHeight());
|
|
nsAdaptorAddIndents();
|
|
nsAdaptorPrintReason(reflowState);
|
|
printf("\n");
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// place the child and reflow
|
|
WillReflow(aPresContext);
|
|
|
|
Reflow(aPresContext, aDesiredSize, reflowState, status);
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(NS_FRAME_IS_COMPLETE(status), "bad status");
|
|
|
|
PRUint32 layoutFlags = aState.LayoutFlags();
|
|
nsContainerFrame::FinishReflowChild(this, aPresContext, &reflowState,
|
|
aDesiredSize, aX, aY, layoutFlags | NS_FRAME_NO_MOVE_FRAME);
|
|
|
|
// Save the ascent. (bug 103925)
|
|
if (IsCollapsed()) {
|
|
metrics->mAscent = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (aDesiredSize.ascent == nsHTMLReflowMetrics::ASK_FOR_BASELINE) {
|
|
if (!nsLayoutUtils::GetFirstLineBaseline(this, &metrics->mAscent))
|
|
metrics->mAscent = GetBaseline();
|
|
} else
|
|
metrics->mAscent = aDesiredSize.ascent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
aDesiredSize.ascent = metrics->mBlockAscent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_REFLOW
|
|
if (aHeight != NS_INTRINSICSIZE && aDesiredSize.height != aHeight)
|
|
{
|
|
nsAdaptorAddIndents();
|
|
printf("*****got taller!*****\n");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
if (aWidth != NS_INTRINSICSIZE && aDesiredSize.width != aWidth)
|
|
{
|
|
nsAdaptorAddIndents();
|
|
printf("*****got wider!******\n");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (aWidth == NS_INTRINSICSIZE)
|
|
aWidth = aDesiredSize.width;
|
|
|
|
if (aHeight == NS_INTRINSICSIZE)
|
|
aHeight = aDesiredSize.height;
|
|
|
|
metrics->mLastSize.width = aDesiredSize.width;
|
|
metrics->mLastSize.height = aDesiredSize.height;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_REFLOW
|
|
gIndent2--;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
DestroyBoxMetrics(void* aPropertyValue)
|
|
{
|
|
delete static_cast<nsBoxLayoutMetrics*>(aPropertyValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_DECLARE_FRAME_PROPERTY(BoxMetricsProperty, DestroyBoxMetrics)
|
|
|
|
nsBoxLayoutMetrics*
|
|
nsFrame::BoxMetrics() const
|
|
{
|
|
nsBoxLayoutMetrics* metrics =
|
|
static_cast<nsBoxLayoutMetrics*>(Properties().Get(BoxMetricsProperty()));
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(metrics, "A box layout method was called but InitBoxMetrics was never called");
|
|
return metrics;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::SetParent(nsIFrame* aParent)
|
|
{
|
|
bool wasBoxWrapped = IsBoxWrapped();
|
|
mParent = aParent;
|
|
if (!wasBoxWrapped && IsBoxWrapped()) {
|
|
InitBoxMetrics(true);
|
|
} else if (wasBoxWrapped && !IsBoxWrapped()) {
|
|
Properties().Delete(BoxMetricsProperty());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (GetStateBits() & (NS_FRAME_HAS_VIEW | NS_FRAME_HAS_CHILD_WITH_VIEW)) {
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aParent;
|
|
f && !(f->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_HAS_CHILD_WITH_VIEW);
|
|
f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|
f->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_CHILD_WITH_VIEW);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_HAS_CONTAINER_LAYER_DESCENDANT) {
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aParent;
|
|
f && !(f->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_HAS_CONTAINER_LAYER_DESCENDANT);
|
|
f = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(f)) {
|
|
f->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_CONTAINER_LAYER_DESCENDANT);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::InitBoxMetrics(bool aClear)
|
|
{
|
|
FrameProperties props = Properties();
|
|
if (aClear) {
|
|
props.Delete(BoxMetricsProperty());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsBoxLayoutMetrics *metrics = new nsBoxLayoutMetrics();
|
|
props.Set(BoxMetricsProperty(), metrics);
|
|
|
|
nsFrame::MarkIntrinsicWidthsDirty();
|
|
metrics->mBlockAscent = 0;
|
|
metrics->mLastSize.SizeTo(0, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Box layout debugging
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_REFLOW
|
|
PRInt32 gIndent2 = 0;
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsAdaptorAddIndents()
|
|
{
|
|
for(PRInt32 i=0; i < gIndent2; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
printf(" ");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsAdaptorPrintReason(nsHTMLReflowState& aReflowState)
|
|
{
|
|
char* reflowReasonString;
|
|
|
|
switch(aReflowState.reason)
|
|
{
|
|
case eReflowReason_Initial:
|
|
reflowReasonString = "initial";
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case eReflowReason_Resize:
|
|
reflowReasonString = "resize";
|
|
break;
|
|
case eReflowReason_Dirty:
|
|
reflowReasonString = "dirty";
|
|
break;
|
|
case eReflowReason_StyleChange:
|
|
reflowReasonString = "stylechange";
|
|
break;
|
|
case eReflowReason_Incremental:
|
|
{
|
|
switch (aReflowState.reflowCommand->Type()) {
|
|
case eReflowType_StyleChanged:
|
|
reflowReasonString = "incremental (StyleChanged)";
|
|
break;
|
|
case eReflowType_ReflowDirty:
|
|
reflowReasonString = "incremental (ReflowDirty)";
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
reflowReasonString = "incremental (Unknown)";
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
reflowReasonString = "unknown";
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
printf("%s",reflowReasonString);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_LAYOUT
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::GetBoxName(nsAutoString& aName)
|
|
{
|
|
GetFrameName(aName);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
static void
|
|
GetTagName(nsFrame* aFrame, nsIContent* aContent, PRIntn aResultSize,
|
|
char* aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aContent) {
|
|
PR_snprintf(aResult, aResultSize, "%s@%p",
|
|
nsAtomCString(aContent->Tag()).get(), aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
PR_snprintf(aResult, aResultSize, "@%p", aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::Trace(const char* aMethod, bool aEnter)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NS_FRAME_LOG_TEST(gLogModule, NS_FRAME_TRACE_CALLS)) {
|
|
char tagbuf[40];
|
|
GetTagName(this, mContent, sizeof(tagbuf), tagbuf);
|
|
PR_LogPrint("%s: %s %s", tagbuf, aEnter ? "enter" : "exit", aMethod);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::Trace(const char* aMethod, bool aEnter, nsReflowStatus aStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NS_FRAME_LOG_TEST(gLogModule, NS_FRAME_TRACE_CALLS)) {
|
|
char tagbuf[40];
|
|
GetTagName(this, mContent, sizeof(tagbuf), tagbuf);
|
|
PR_LogPrint("%s: %s %s, status=%scomplete%s",
|
|
tagbuf, aEnter ? "enter" : "exit", aMethod,
|
|
NS_FRAME_IS_NOT_COMPLETE(aStatus) ? "not" : "",
|
|
(NS_FRAME_REFLOW_NEXTINFLOW & aStatus) ? "+reflow" : "");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::TraceMsg(const char* aFormatString, ...)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NS_FRAME_LOG_TEST(gLogModule, NS_FRAME_TRACE_CALLS)) {
|
|
// Format arguments into a buffer
|
|
char argbuf[200];
|
|
va_list ap;
|
|
va_start(ap, aFormatString);
|
|
PR_vsnprintf(argbuf, sizeof(argbuf), aFormatString, ap);
|
|
va_end(ap);
|
|
|
|
char tagbuf[40];
|
|
GetTagName(this, mContent, sizeof(tagbuf), tagbuf);
|
|
PR_LogPrint("%s: %s", tagbuf, argbuf);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsFrame::VerifyDirtyBitSet(const nsFrameList& aFrameList)
|
|
{
|
|
for (nsFrameList::Enumerator e(aFrameList); !e.AtEnd(); e.Next()) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(e.get()->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY,
|
|
"dirty bit not set");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Start Display Reflow
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
|
|
DR_cookie::DR_cookie(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsHTMLReflowState& aReflowState,
|
|
nsHTMLReflowMetrics& aMetrics,
|
|
nsReflowStatus& aStatus)
|
|
:mPresContext(aPresContext), mFrame(aFrame), mReflowState(aReflowState), mMetrics(aMetrics), mStatus(aStatus)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_cookie);
|
|
mValue = nsFrame::DisplayReflowEnter(aPresContext, mFrame, mReflowState);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_cookie::~DR_cookie()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_cookie);
|
|
nsFrame::DisplayReflowExit(mPresContext, mFrame, mMetrics, mStatus, mValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_layout_cookie::DR_layout_cookie(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
: mFrame(aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_layout_cookie);
|
|
mValue = nsFrame::DisplayLayoutEnter(mFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_layout_cookie::~DR_layout_cookie()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_layout_cookie);
|
|
nsFrame::DisplayLayoutExit(mFrame, mValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_intrinsic_width_cookie::DR_intrinsic_width_cookie(
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const char* aType,
|
|
nscoord& aResult)
|
|
: mFrame(aFrame)
|
|
, mType(aType)
|
|
, mResult(aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_intrinsic_width_cookie);
|
|
mValue = nsFrame::DisplayIntrinsicWidthEnter(mFrame, mType);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_intrinsic_width_cookie::~DR_intrinsic_width_cookie()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_intrinsic_width_cookie);
|
|
nsFrame::DisplayIntrinsicWidthExit(mFrame, mType, mResult, mValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_intrinsic_size_cookie::DR_intrinsic_size_cookie(
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const char* aType,
|
|
nsSize& aResult)
|
|
: mFrame(aFrame)
|
|
, mType(aType)
|
|
, mResult(aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_intrinsic_size_cookie);
|
|
mValue = nsFrame::DisplayIntrinsicSizeEnter(mFrame, mType);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_intrinsic_size_cookie::~DR_intrinsic_size_cookie()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_intrinsic_size_cookie);
|
|
nsFrame::DisplayIntrinsicSizeExit(mFrame, mType, mResult, mValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_init_constraints_cookie::DR_init_constraints_cookie(
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsHTMLReflowState* aState,
|
|
nscoord aCBWidth,
|
|
nscoord aCBHeight,
|
|
const nsMargin* aMargin,
|
|
const nsMargin* aPadding)
|
|
: mFrame(aFrame)
|
|
, mState(aState)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_init_constraints_cookie);
|
|
mValue = nsHTMLReflowState::DisplayInitConstraintsEnter(mFrame, mState,
|
|
aCBWidth, aCBHeight,
|
|
aMargin, aPadding);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_init_constraints_cookie::~DR_init_constraints_cookie()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_init_constraints_cookie);
|
|
nsHTMLReflowState::DisplayInitConstraintsExit(mFrame, mState, mValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_init_offsets_cookie::DR_init_offsets_cookie(
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsCSSOffsetState* aState,
|
|
nscoord aCBWidth,
|
|
const nsMargin* aMargin,
|
|
const nsMargin* aPadding)
|
|
: mFrame(aFrame)
|
|
, mState(aState)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_init_offsets_cookie);
|
|
mValue = nsCSSOffsetState::DisplayInitOffsetsEnter(mFrame, mState, aCBWidth,
|
|
aMargin, aPadding);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_init_offsets_cookie::~DR_init_offsets_cookie()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_init_offsets_cookie);
|
|
nsCSSOffsetState::DisplayInitOffsetsExit(mFrame, mState, mValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_init_type_cookie::DR_init_type_cookie(
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsHTMLReflowState* aState)
|
|
: mFrame(aFrame)
|
|
, mState(aState)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_init_type_cookie);
|
|
mValue = nsHTMLReflowState::DisplayInitFrameTypeEnter(mFrame, mState);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_init_type_cookie::~DR_init_type_cookie()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_init_type_cookie);
|
|
nsHTMLReflowState::DisplayInitFrameTypeExit(mFrame, mState, mValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
struct DR_FrameTypeInfo;
|
|
struct DR_FrameTreeNode;
|
|
struct DR_Rule;
|
|
|
|
struct DR_State
|
|
{
|
|
DR_State();
|
|
~DR_State();
|
|
void Init();
|
|
void AddFrameTypeInfo(nsIAtom* aFrameType,
|
|
const char* aFrameNameAbbrev,
|
|
const char* aFrameName);
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo* GetFrameTypeInfo(nsIAtom* aFrameType);
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo* GetFrameTypeInfo(char* aFrameName);
|
|
void InitFrameTypeTable();
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* CreateTreeNode(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsHTMLReflowState* aReflowState);
|
|
void FindMatchingRule(DR_FrameTreeNode& aNode);
|
|
bool RuleMatches(DR_Rule& aRule,
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode& aNode);
|
|
bool GetToken(FILE* aFile,
|
|
char* aBuf,
|
|
size_t aBufSize);
|
|
DR_Rule* ParseRule(FILE* aFile);
|
|
void ParseRulesFile();
|
|
void AddRule(nsTArray<DR_Rule*>& aRules,
|
|
DR_Rule& aRule);
|
|
bool IsWhiteSpace(int c);
|
|
bool GetNumber(char* aBuf,
|
|
PRInt32& aNumber);
|
|
void PrettyUC(nscoord aSize,
|
|
char* aBuf);
|
|
void PrintMargin(const char* tag, const nsMargin* aMargin);
|
|
void DisplayFrameTypeInfo(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
PRInt32 aIndent);
|
|
void DeleteTreeNode(DR_FrameTreeNode& aNode);
|
|
|
|
bool mInited;
|
|
bool mActive;
|
|
PRInt32 mCount;
|
|
PRInt32 mAssert;
|
|
PRInt32 mIndent;
|
|
bool mIndentUndisplayedFrames;
|
|
bool mDisplayPixelErrors;
|
|
nsTArray<DR_Rule*> mWildRules;
|
|
nsTArray<DR_FrameTypeInfo> mFrameTypeTable;
|
|
// reflow specific state
|
|
nsTArray<DR_FrameTreeNode*> mFrameTreeLeaves;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static DR_State *DR_state; // the one and only DR_State
|
|
|
|
struct DR_RulePart
|
|
{
|
|
DR_RulePart(nsIAtom* aFrameType) : mFrameType(aFrameType), mNext(0) {}
|
|
void Destroy();
|
|
|
|
nsIAtom* mFrameType;
|
|
DR_RulePart* mNext;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
void DR_RulePart::Destroy()
|
|
{
|
|
if (mNext) {
|
|
mNext->Destroy();
|
|
}
|
|
delete this;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
struct DR_Rule
|
|
{
|
|
DR_Rule() : mLength(0), mTarget(nullptr), mDisplay(false) {
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_Rule);
|
|
}
|
|
~DR_Rule() {
|
|
if (mTarget) mTarget->Destroy();
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_Rule);
|
|
}
|
|
void AddPart(nsIAtom* aFrameType);
|
|
|
|
PRUint32 mLength;
|
|
DR_RulePart* mTarget;
|
|
bool mDisplay;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
void DR_Rule::AddPart(nsIAtom* aFrameType)
|
|
{
|
|
DR_RulePart* newPart = new DR_RulePart(aFrameType);
|
|
newPart->mNext = mTarget;
|
|
mTarget = newPart;
|
|
mLength++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
struct DR_FrameTypeInfo
|
|
{
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo(nsIAtom* aFrmeType, const char* aFrameNameAbbrev, const char* aFrameName);
|
|
~DR_FrameTypeInfo() {
|
|
PRInt32 numElements;
|
|
numElements = mRules.Length();
|
|
for (PRInt32 i = numElements - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
|
|
delete mRules.ElementAt(i);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIAtom* mType;
|
|
char mNameAbbrev[16];
|
|
char mName[32];
|
|
nsTArray<DR_Rule*> mRules;
|
|
private:
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo& operator=(const DR_FrameTypeInfo&) MOZ_DELETE;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo::DR_FrameTypeInfo(nsIAtom* aFrameType,
|
|
const char* aFrameNameAbbrev,
|
|
const char* aFrameName)
|
|
{
|
|
mType = aFrameType;
|
|
PL_strncpyz(mNameAbbrev, aFrameNameAbbrev, sizeof(mNameAbbrev));
|
|
PL_strncpyz(mName, aFrameName, sizeof(mName));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
struct DR_FrameTreeNode
|
|
{
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode(nsIFrame* aFrame, DR_FrameTreeNode* aParent) : mFrame(aFrame), mParent(aParent), mDisplay(0), mIndent(0)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_FrameTreeNode);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
~DR_FrameTreeNode()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_FrameTreeNode);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* mFrame;
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* mParent;
|
|
bool mDisplay;
|
|
PRUint32 mIndent;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// DR_State implementation
|
|
|
|
DR_State::DR_State()
|
|
: mInited(false), mActive(false), mCount(0), mAssert(-1), mIndent(0),
|
|
mIndentUndisplayedFrames(false), mDisplayPixelErrors(false)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_State);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void DR_State::Init()
|
|
{
|
|
char* env = PR_GetEnv("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_ASSERT");
|
|
PRInt32 num;
|
|
if (env) {
|
|
if (GetNumber(env, num))
|
|
mAssert = num;
|
|
else
|
|
printf("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_ASSERT - invalid value = %s", env);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
env = PR_GetEnv("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_INDENT_START");
|
|
if (env) {
|
|
if (GetNumber(env, num))
|
|
mIndent = num;
|
|
else
|
|
printf("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_INDENT_START - invalid value = %s", env);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
env = PR_GetEnv("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_INDENT_UNDISPLAYED_FRAMES");
|
|
if (env) {
|
|
if (GetNumber(env, num))
|
|
mIndentUndisplayedFrames = num;
|
|
else
|
|
printf("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_INDENT_UNDISPLAYED_FRAMES - invalid value = %s", env);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
env = PR_GetEnv("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_FLAG_PIXEL_ERRORS");
|
|
if (env) {
|
|
if (GetNumber(env, num))
|
|
mDisplayPixelErrors = num;
|
|
else
|
|
printf("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_FLAG_PIXEL_ERRORS - invalid value = %s", env);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
InitFrameTypeTable();
|
|
ParseRulesFile();
|
|
mInited = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_State::~DR_State()
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_State);
|
|
PRInt32 numElements, i;
|
|
numElements = mWildRules.Length();
|
|
for (i = numElements - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
|
|
delete mWildRules.ElementAt(i);
|
|
}
|
|
numElements = mFrameTreeLeaves.Length();
|
|
for (i = numElements - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
|
|
delete mFrameTreeLeaves.ElementAt(i);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool DR_State::GetNumber(char* aBuf,
|
|
PRInt32& aNumber)
|
|
{
|
|
if (sscanf(aBuf, "%d", &aNumber) > 0)
|
|
return true;
|
|
else
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool DR_State::IsWhiteSpace(int c) {
|
|
return (c == ' ') || (c == '\t') || (c == '\n') || (c == '\r');
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool DR_State::GetToken(FILE* aFile,
|
|
char* aBuf,
|
|
size_t aBufSize)
|
|
{
|
|
bool haveToken = false;
|
|
aBuf[0] = 0;
|
|
// get the 1st non whitespace char
|
|
int c = -1;
|
|
for (c = getc(aFile); (c > 0) && IsWhiteSpace(c); c = getc(aFile)) {
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (c > 0) {
|
|
haveToken = true;
|
|
aBuf[0] = c;
|
|
// get everything up to the next whitespace char
|
|
size_t cX;
|
|
for (cX = 1; cX + 1 < aBufSize ; cX++) {
|
|
c = getc(aFile);
|
|
if (c < 0) { // EOF
|
|
ungetc(' ', aFile);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
if (IsWhiteSpace(c)) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
aBuf[cX] = c;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
aBuf[cX] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
return haveToken;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_Rule* DR_State::ParseRule(FILE* aFile)
|
|
{
|
|
char buf[128];
|
|
PRInt32 doDisplay;
|
|
DR_Rule* rule = nullptr;
|
|
while (GetToken(aFile, buf, sizeof(buf))) {
|
|
if (GetNumber(buf, doDisplay)) {
|
|
if (rule) {
|
|
rule->mDisplay = !!doDisplay;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
printf("unexpected token - %s \n", buf);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
if (!rule) {
|
|
rule = new DR_Rule;
|
|
}
|
|
if (strcmp(buf, "*") == 0) {
|
|
rule->AddPart(nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo* info = GetFrameTypeInfo(buf);
|
|
if (info) {
|
|
rule->AddPart(info->mType);
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
printf("invalid frame type - %s \n", buf);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return rule;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void DR_State::AddRule(nsTArray<DR_Rule*>& aRules,
|
|
DR_Rule& aRule)
|
|
{
|
|
PRInt32 numRules = aRules.Length();
|
|
for (PRInt32 ruleX = 0; ruleX < numRules; ruleX++) {
|
|
DR_Rule* rule = aRules.ElementAt(ruleX);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(rule, "program error");
|
|
if (aRule.mLength > rule->mLength) {
|
|
aRules.InsertElementAt(ruleX, &aRule);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
aRules.AppendElement(&aRule);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void DR_State::ParseRulesFile()
|
|
{
|
|
char* path = PR_GetEnv("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_RULES_FILE");
|
|
if (path) {
|
|
FILE* inFile = fopen(path, "r");
|
|
if (inFile) {
|
|
for (DR_Rule* rule = ParseRule(inFile); rule; rule = ParseRule(inFile)) {
|
|
if (rule->mTarget) {
|
|
nsIAtom* fType = rule->mTarget->mFrameType;
|
|
if (fType) {
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo* info = GetFrameTypeInfo(fType);
|
|
if (info) {
|
|
AddRule(info->mRules, *rule);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
AddRule(mWildRules, *rule);
|
|
}
|
|
mActive = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void DR_State::AddFrameTypeInfo(nsIAtom* aFrameType,
|
|
const char* aFrameNameAbbrev,
|
|
const char* aFrameName)
|
|
{
|
|
mFrameTypeTable.AppendElement(DR_FrameTypeInfo(aFrameType, aFrameNameAbbrev, aFrameName));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo* DR_State::GetFrameTypeInfo(nsIAtom* aFrameType)
|
|
{
|
|
PRInt32 numEntries = mFrameTypeTable.Length();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(numEntries != 0, "empty FrameTypeTable");
|
|
for (PRInt32 i = 0; i < numEntries; i++) {
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo& info = mFrameTypeTable.ElementAt(i);
|
|
if (info.mType == aFrameType) {
|
|
return &info;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return &mFrameTypeTable.ElementAt(numEntries - 1); // return unknown frame type
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo* DR_State::GetFrameTypeInfo(char* aFrameName)
|
|
{
|
|
PRInt32 numEntries = mFrameTypeTable.Length();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(numEntries != 0, "empty FrameTypeTable");
|
|
for (PRInt32 i = 0; i < numEntries; i++) {
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo& info = mFrameTypeTable.ElementAt(i);
|
|
if ((strcmp(aFrameName, info.mName) == 0) || (strcmp(aFrameName, info.mNameAbbrev) == 0)) {
|
|
return &info;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return &mFrameTypeTable.ElementAt(numEntries - 1); // return unknown frame type
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void DR_State::InitFrameTypeTable()
|
|
{
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::blockFrame, "block", "block");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::brFrame, "br", "br");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::bulletFrame, "bullet", "bullet");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::gfxButtonControlFrame, "button", "gfxButtonControl");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::HTMLButtonControlFrame, "HTMLbutton", "HTMLButtonControl");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::HTMLCanvasFrame, "HTMLCanvas","HTMLCanvas");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::subDocumentFrame, "subdoc", "subDocument");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::imageFrame, "img", "image");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::inlineFrame, "inline", "inline");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::letterFrame, "letter", "letter");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::lineFrame, "line", "line");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::listControlFrame, "select", "select");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::objectFrame, "obj", "object");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::pageFrame, "page", "page");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::placeholderFrame, "place", "placeholder");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::canvasFrame, "canvas", "canvas");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::rootFrame, "root", "root");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::scrollFrame, "scroll", "scroll");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::tableCaptionFrame, "caption", "tableCaption");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::tableCellFrame, "cell", "tableCell");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::bcTableCellFrame, "bcCell", "bcTableCell");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::tableColFrame, "col", "tableCol");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::tableColGroupFrame, "colG", "tableColGroup");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::tableFrame, "tbl", "table");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::tableOuterFrame, "tblO", "tableOuter");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::tableRowGroupFrame, "rowG", "tableRowGroup");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::tableRowFrame, "row", "tableRow");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::textInputFrame, "textCtl", "textInput");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::textFrame, "text", "text");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::viewportFrame, "VP", "viewport");
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::XULLabelFrame, "XULLabel", "XULLabel");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::boxFrame, "Box", "Box");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::sliderFrame, "Slider", "Slider");
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nsGkAtoms::popupSetFrame, "PopupSet", "PopupSet");
|
|
#endif
|
|
AddFrameTypeInfo(nullptr, "unknown", "unknown");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void DR_State::DisplayFrameTypeInfo(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
PRInt32 aIndent)
|
|
{
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo* frameTypeInfo = GetFrameTypeInfo(aFrame->GetType());
|
|
if (frameTypeInfo) {
|
|
for (PRInt32 i = 0; i < aIndent; i++) {
|
|
printf(" ");
|
|
}
|
|
if(!strcmp(frameTypeInfo->mNameAbbrev, "unknown")) {
|
|
if (aFrame) {
|
|
nsAutoString name;
|
|
aFrame->GetFrameName(name);
|
|
printf("%s %p ", NS_LossyConvertUTF16toASCII(name).get(), (void*)aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
printf("%s %p ", frameTypeInfo->mNameAbbrev, (void*)aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
printf("%s %p ", frameTypeInfo->mNameAbbrev, (void*)aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool DR_State::RuleMatches(DR_Rule& aRule,
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode& aNode)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aRule.mTarget, "program error");
|
|
|
|
DR_RulePart* rulePart;
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* parentNode;
|
|
for (rulePart = aRule.mTarget->mNext, parentNode = aNode.mParent;
|
|
rulePart && parentNode;
|
|
rulePart = rulePart->mNext, parentNode = parentNode->mParent) {
|
|
if (rulePart->mFrameType) {
|
|
if (parentNode->mFrame) {
|
|
if (rulePart->mFrameType != parentNode->mFrame->GetType()) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else NS_ASSERTION(false, "program error");
|
|
}
|
|
// else wild card match
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void DR_State::FindMatchingRule(DR_FrameTreeNode& aNode)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aNode.mFrame) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(false, "invalid DR_FrameTreeNode \n");
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool matchingRule = false;
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTypeInfo* info = GetFrameTypeInfo(aNode.mFrame->GetType());
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(info, "program error");
|
|
PRInt32 numRules = info->mRules.Length();
|
|
for (PRInt32 ruleX = 0; ruleX < numRules; ruleX++) {
|
|
DR_Rule* rule = info->mRules.ElementAt(ruleX);
|
|
if (rule && RuleMatches(*rule, aNode)) {
|
|
aNode.mDisplay = rule->mDisplay;
|
|
matchingRule = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (!matchingRule) {
|
|
PRInt32 numWildRules = mWildRules.Length();
|
|
for (PRInt32 ruleX = 0; ruleX < numWildRules; ruleX++) {
|
|
DR_Rule* rule = mWildRules.ElementAt(ruleX);
|
|
if (rule && RuleMatches(*rule, aNode)) {
|
|
aNode.mDisplay = rule->mDisplay;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* DR_State::CreateTreeNode(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsHTMLReflowState* aReflowState)
|
|
{
|
|
// find the frame of the parent reflow state (usually just the parent of aFrame)
|
|
nsIFrame* parentFrame;
|
|
if (aReflowState) {
|
|
const nsHTMLReflowState* parentRS = aReflowState->parentReflowState;
|
|
parentFrame = (parentRS) ? parentRS->frame : nullptr;
|
|
} else {
|
|
parentFrame = aFrame->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// find the parent tree node leaf
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* parentNode = nullptr;
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* lastLeaf = nullptr;
|
|
if(mFrameTreeLeaves.Length())
|
|
lastLeaf = mFrameTreeLeaves.ElementAt(mFrameTreeLeaves.Length() - 1);
|
|
if (lastLeaf) {
|
|
for (parentNode = lastLeaf; parentNode && (parentNode->mFrame != parentFrame); parentNode = parentNode->mParent) {
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* newNode = new DR_FrameTreeNode(aFrame, parentNode);
|
|
FindMatchingRule(*newNode);
|
|
|
|
newNode->mIndent = mIndent;
|
|
if (newNode->mDisplay || mIndentUndisplayedFrames) {
|
|
++mIndent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (lastLeaf && (lastLeaf == parentNode)) {
|
|
mFrameTreeLeaves.RemoveElementAt(mFrameTreeLeaves.Length() - 1);
|
|
}
|
|
mFrameTreeLeaves.AppendElement(newNode);
|
|
mCount++;
|
|
|
|
return newNode;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void DR_State::PrettyUC(nscoord aSize,
|
|
char* aBuf)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE == aSize) {
|
|
strcpy(aBuf, "UC");
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
if ((nscoord)0xdeadbeefU == aSize)
|
|
{
|
|
strcpy(aBuf, "deadbeef");
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
sprintf(aBuf, "%d", aSize);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void DR_State::PrintMargin(const char *tag, const nsMargin* aMargin)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aMargin) {
|
|
char t[16], r[16], b[16], l[16];
|
|
PrettyUC(aMargin->top, t);
|
|
PrettyUC(aMargin->right, r);
|
|
PrettyUC(aMargin->bottom, b);
|
|
PrettyUC(aMargin->left, l);
|
|
printf(" %s=%s,%s,%s,%s", tag, t, r, b, l);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// use %p here for consistency with other null-pointer printouts
|
|
printf(" %s=%p", tag, (void*)aMargin);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void DR_State::DeleteTreeNode(DR_FrameTreeNode& aNode)
|
|
{
|
|
mFrameTreeLeaves.RemoveElement(&aNode);
|
|
PRInt32 numLeaves = mFrameTreeLeaves.Length();
|
|
if ((0 == numLeaves) || (aNode.mParent != mFrameTreeLeaves.ElementAt(numLeaves - 1))) {
|
|
mFrameTreeLeaves.AppendElement(aNode.mParent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aNode.mDisplay || mIndentUndisplayedFrames) {
|
|
--mIndent;
|
|
}
|
|
// delete the tree node
|
|
delete &aNode;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
CheckPixelError(nscoord aSize,
|
|
PRInt32 aPixelToTwips)
|
|
{
|
|
if (NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE != aSize) {
|
|
if ((aSize % aPixelToTwips) > 0) {
|
|
printf("VALUE %d is not a whole pixel \n", aSize);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void DisplayReflowEnterPrint(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsHTMLReflowState& aReflowState,
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode& aTreeNode,
|
|
bool aChanged)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aTreeNode.mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, aTreeNode.mIndent);
|
|
|
|
char width[16];
|
|
char height[16];
|
|
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aReflowState.availableWidth, width);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aReflowState.availableHeight, height);
|
|
printf("Reflow a=%s,%s ", width, height);
|
|
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aReflowState.ComputedWidth(), width);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aReflowState.ComputedHeight(), height);
|
|
printf("c=%s,%s ", width, height);
|
|
|
|
if (aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY)
|
|
printf("dirty ");
|
|
|
|
if (aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_HAS_DIRTY_CHILDREN)
|
|
printf("dirty-children ");
|
|
|
|
if (aReflowState.mFlags.mSpecialHeightReflow)
|
|
printf("special-height ");
|
|
|
|
if (aReflowState.mFlags.mHResize)
|
|
printf("h-resize ");
|
|
|
|
if (aReflowState.mFlags.mVResize)
|
|
printf("v-resize ");
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* inFlow = aFrame->GetPrevInFlow();
|
|
if (inFlow) {
|
|
printf("pif=%p ", (void*)inFlow);
|
|
}
|
|
inFlow = aFrame->GetNextInFlow();
|
|
if (inFlow) {
|
|
printf("nif=%p ", (void*)inFlow);
|
|
}
|
|
if (aChanged)
|
|
printf("CHANGED \n");
|
|
else
|
|
printf("cnt=%d \n", DR_state->mCount);
|
|
if (DR_state->mDisplayPixelErrors) {
|
|
PRInt32 p2t = aPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
CheckPixelError(aReflowState.availableWidth, p2t);
|
|
CheckPixelError(aReflowState.availableHeight, p2t);
|
|
CheckPixelError(aReflowState.ComputedWidth(), p2t);
|
|
CheckPixelError(aReflowState.ComputedHeight(), p2t);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void* nsFrame::DisplayReflowEnter(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsHTMLReflowState& aReflowState)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!DR_state->mInited) DR_state->Init();
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return nullptr;
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "invalid call");
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = DR_state->CreateTreeNode(aFrame, &aReflowState);
|
|
if (treeNode) {
|
|
DisplayReflowEnterPrint(aPresContext, aFrame, aReflowState, *treeNode, false);
|
|
}
|
|
return treeNode;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void* nsFrame::DisplayLayoutEnter(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!DR_state->mInited) DR_state->Init();
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return nullptr;
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "invalid call");
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = DR_state->CreateTreeNode(aFrame, nullptr);
|
|
if (treeNode && treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
|
|
printf("Layout\n");
|
|
}
|
|
return treeNode;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void* nsFrame::DisplayIntrinsicWidthEnter(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const char* aType)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!DR_state->mInited) DR_state->Init();
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return nullptr;
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "invalid call");
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = DR_state->CreateTreeNode(aFrame, nullptr);
|
|
if (treeNode && treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
|
|
printf("Get%sWidth\n", aType);
|
|
}
|
|
return treeNode;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void* nsFrame::DisplayIntrinsicSizeEnter(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const char* aType)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!DR_state->mInited) DR_state->Init();
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return nullptr;
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "invalid call");
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = DR_state->CreateTreeNode(aFrame, nullptr);
|
|
if (treeNode && treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
|
|
printf("Get%sSize\n", aType);
|
|
}
|
|
return treeNode;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void nsFrame::DisplayReflowExit(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsHTMLReflowMetrics& aMetrics,
|
|
nsReflowStatus aStatus,
|
|
void* aFrameTreeNode)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return;
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "DisplayReflowExit - invalid call");
|
|
if (!aFrameTreeNode) return;
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)aFrameTreeNode;
|
|
if (treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
|
|
|
|
char width[16];
|
|
char height[16];
|
|
char x[16];
|
|
char y[16];
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.width, width);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.height, height);
|
|
printf("Reflow d=%s,%s", width, height);
|
|
|
|
if (!NS_FRAME_IS_FULLY_COMPLETE(aStatus)) {
|
|
printf(" status=0x%x", aStatus);
|
|
}
|
|
if (aFrame->HasOverflowAreas()) {
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.VisualOverflow().x, x);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.VisualOverflow().y, y);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.VisualOverflow().width, width);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.VisualOverflow().height, height);
|
|
printf(" vis-o=(%s,%s) %s x %s", x, y, width, height);
|
|
|
|
nsRect storedOverflow = aFrame->GetVisualOverflowRect();
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow.x, x);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow.y, y);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow.width, width);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow.height, height);
|
|
printf(" vis-sto=(%s,%s) %s x %s", x, y, width, height);
|
|
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.ScrollableOverflow().x, x);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.ScrollableOverflow().y, y);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.ScrollableOverflow().width, width);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.ScrollableOverflow().height, height);
|
|
printf(" scr-o=(%s,%s) %s x %s", x, y, width, height);
|
|
|
|
storedOverflow = aFrame->GetScrollableOverflowRect();
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow.x, x);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow.y, y);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow.width, width);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow.height, height);
|
|
printf(" scr-sto=(%s,%s) %s x %s", x, y, width, height);
|
|
}
|
|
printf("\n");
|
|
if (DR_state->mDisplayPixelErrors) {
|
|
PRInt32 p2t = aPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
CheckPixelError(aMetrics.width, p2t);
|
|
CheckPixelError(aMetrics.height, p2t);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
DR_state->DeleteTreeNode(*treeNode);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void nsFrame::DisplayLayoutExit(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
void* aFrameTreeNode)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return;
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
|
|
if (!aFrameTreeNode) return;
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)aFrameTreeNode;
|
|
if (treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
|
|
nsRect rect = aFrame->GetRect();
|
|
printf("Layout=%d,%d,%d,%d\n", rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height);
|
|
}
|
|
DR_state->DeleteTreeNode(*treeNode);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void nsFrame::DisplayIntrinsicWidthExit(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const char* aType,
|
|
nscoord aResult,
|
|
void* aFrameTreeNode)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return;
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
|
|
if (!aFrameTreeNode) return;
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)aFrameTreeNode;
|
|
if (treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
|
|
char width[16];
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aResult, width);
|
|
printf("Get%sWidth=%s\n", aType, width);
|
|
}
|
|
DR_state->DeleteTreeNode(*treeNode);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void nsFrame::DisplayIntrinsicSizeExit(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const char* aType,
|
|
nsSize aResult,
|
|
void* aFrameTreeNode)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return;
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
|
|
if (!aFrameTreeNode) return;
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)aFrameTreeNode;
|
|
if (treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
|
|
|
|
char width[16];
|
|
char height[16];
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aResult.width, width);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aResult.height, height);
|
|
printf("Get%sSize=%s,%s\n", aType, width, height);
|
|
}
|
|
DR_state->DeleteTreeNode(*treeNode);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsFrame::DisplayReflowStartup()
|
|
{
|
|
DR_state = new DR_State();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsFrame::DisplayReflowShutdown()
|
|
{
|
|
delete DR_state;
|
|
DR_state = nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void DR_cookie::Change() const
|
|
{
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)mValue;
|
|
if (treeNode && treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DisplayReflowEnterPrint(mPresContext, mFrame, mReflowState, *treeNode, true);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void*
|
|
nsHTMLReflowState::DisplayInitConstraintsEnter(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsHTMLReflowState* aState,
|
|
nscoord aContainingBlockWidth,
|
|
nscoord aContainingBlockHeight,
|
|
const nsMargin* aBorder,
|
|
const nsMargin* aPadding)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aState, "non-null state required");
|
|
|
|
if (!DR_state->mInited) DR_state->Init();
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return nullptr;
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = DR_state->CreateTreeNode(aFrame, aState);
|
|
if (treeNode && treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
|
|
|
|
printf("InitConstraints parent=%p",
|
|
(void*)aState->parentReflowState);
|
|
|
|
char width[16];
|
|
char height[16];
|
|
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aContainingBlockWidth, width);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aContainingBlockHeight, height);
|
|
printf(" cb=%s,%s", width, height);
|
|
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aState->availableWidth, width);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aState->availableHeight, height);
|
|
printf(" as=%s,%s", width, height);
|
|
|
|
DR_state->PrintMargin("b", aBorder);
|
|
DR_state->PrintMargin("p", aPadding);
|
|
putchar('\n');
|
|
}
|
|
return treeNode;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsHTMLReflowState::DisplayInitConstraintsExit(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsHTMLReflowState* aState,
|
|
void* aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aState, "non-null state required");
|
|
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return;
|
|
if (!aValue) return;
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)aValue;
|
|
if (treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
|
|
char cmiw[16], cw[16], cmxw[16], cmih[16], ch[16], cmxh[16];
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aState->mComputedMinWidth, cmiw);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aState->mComputedWidth, cw);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aState->mComputedMaxWidth, cmxw);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aState->mComputedMinHeight, cmih);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aState->mComputedHeight, ch);
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aState->mComputedMaxHeight, cmxh);
|
|
printf("InitConstraints= cw=(%s <= %s <= %s) ch=(%s <= %s <= %s)",
|
|
cmiw, cw, cmxw, cmih, ch, cmxh);
|
|
DR_state->PrintMargin("co", &aState->mComputedOffsets);
|
|
putchar('\n');
|
|
}
|
|
DR_state->DeleteTreeNode(*treeNode);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void*
|
|
nsCSSOffsetState::DisplayInitOffsetsEnter(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsCSSOffsetState* aState,
|
|
nscoord aContainingBlockWidth,
|
|
const nsMargin* aBorder,
|
|
const nsMargin* aPadding)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aState, "non-null state required");
|
|
|
|
if (!DR_state->mInited) DR_state->Init();
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return nullptr;
|
|
|
|
// aState is not necessarily a nsHTMLReflowState
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = DR_state->CreateTreeNode(aFrame, nullptr);
|
|
if (treeNode && treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
|
|
|
|
char width[16];
|
|
DR_state->PrettyUC(aContainingBlockWidth, width);
|
|
printf("InitOffsets cbw=%s", width);
|
|
DR_state->PrintMargin("b", aBorder);
|
|
DR_state->PrintMargin("p", aPadding);
|
|
putchar('\n');
|
|
}
|
|
return treeNode;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsCSSOffsetState::DisplayInitOffsetsExit(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsCSSOffsetState* aState,
|
|
void* aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aState, "non-null state required");
|
|
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return;
|
|
if (!aValue) return;
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)aValue;
|
|
if (treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
|
|
printf("InitOffsets=");
|
|
DR_state->PrintMargin("m", &aState->mComputedMargin);
|
|
DR_state->PrintMargin("p", &aState->mComputedPadding);
|
|
DR_state->PrintMargin("p+b", &aState->mComputedBorderPadding);
|
|
putchar('\n');
|
|
}
|
|
DR_state->DeleteTreeNode(*treeNode);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void*
|
|
nsHTMLReflowState::DisplayInitFrameTypeEnter(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsHTMLReflowState* aState)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aState, "non-null state required");
|
|
|
|
if (!DR_state->mInited) DR_state->Init();
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return nullptr;
|
|
|
|
// we don't print anything here
|
|
return DR_state->CreateTreeNode(aFrame, aState);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsHTMLReflowState::DisplayInitFrameTypeExit(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsHTMLReflowState* aState,
|
|
void* aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "non-null frame required");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aState, "non-null state required");
|
|
|
|
if (!DR_state->mActive) return;
|
|
if (!aValue) return;
|
|
|
|
DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)aValue;
|
|
if (treeNode->mDisplay) {
|
|
DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
|
|
printf("InitFrameType");
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay *disp = aState->mStyleDisplay;
|
|
|
|
if (aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW)
|
|
printf(" out-of-flow");
|
|
if (aFrame->GetPrevInFlow())
|
|
printf(" prev-in-flow");
|
|
if (aFrame->IsAbsolutelyPositioned())
|
|
printf(" abspos");
|
|
if (aFrame->IsFloating())
|
|
printf(" float");
|
|
|
|
// This array must exactly match the NS_STYLE_DISPLAY constants.
|
|
const char *const displayTypes[] = {
|
|
"none", "block", "inline", "inline-block", "list-item", "marker",
|
|
"run-in", "compact", "table", "inline-table", "table-row-group",
|
|
"table-column", "table-column-group", "table-header-group",
|
|
"table-footer-group", "table-row", "table-cell", "table-caption",
|
|
"box", "inline-box",
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
|
|
"grid", "inline-grid", "grid-group", "grid-line", "stack",
|
|
"inline-stack", "deck", "popup", "groupbox",
|
|
#endif
|
|
};
|
|
if (disp->mDisplay >= ArrayLength(displayTypes))
|
|
printf(" display=%u", disp->mDisplay);
|
|
else
|
|
printf(" display=%s", displayTypes[disp->mDisplay]);
|
|
|
|
// This array must exactly match the NS_CSS_FRAME_TYPE constants.
|
|
const char *const cssFrameTypes[] = {
|
|
"unknown", "inline", "block", "floating", "absolute", "internal-table"
|
|
};
|
|
nsCSSFrameType bareType = NS_FRAME_GET_TYPE(aState->mFrameType);
|
|
bool repNoBlock = NS_FRAME_IS_REPLACED_NOBLOCK(aState->mFrameType);
|
|
bool repBlock = NS_FRAME_IS_REPLACED_CONTAINS_BLOCK(aState->mFrameType);
|
|
|
|
if (bareType >= ArrayLength(cssFrameTypes)) {
|
|
printf(" result=type %u", bareType);
|
|
} else {
|
|
printf(" result=%s", cssFrameTypes[bareType]);
|
|
}
|
|
printf("%s%s\n", repNoBlock ? " +rep" : "", repBlock ? " +repBlk" : "");
|
|
}
|
|
DR_state->DeleteTreeNode(*treeNode);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
// End Display Reflow
|
|
|
|
#endif
|